834 Transaction Set Listing

008020X346 Health Insurance Exchange: Enrollment
Usage
Repeats

ISA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL HEADER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Header
X12 Purpose:
To start and identify an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. For compliant implementations under this implementation guide, ISA13, the Interchange Control Number, must be a positive unsigned number. Therefore, the ISA segment can be considered a fixed record length segment.
  2. The first element separator defines the element separator to be used through the entire interchange.
  3. Spaces in the example interchanges are represented by "." for clarity.
  4. The ISA segment terminator defines the segment terminator used throughout the entire interchange.
  5. All positions within each of the data elements must be filled.
TR3 Example:
ISA✱00✱..........✱01✱SECRET....✱ZZ✱SENDERS.ID.....✱ZZ✱RECEIVERS.ID...✱030101✱1253✱^✱00802✱000000905✱0✱T✱:~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I01
Authorization Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Authorization Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Authorization Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I02)
03
Additional Data Identification
Required
2
I02
Authorization Information
M 1
AN
10
Information used for additional identification or authorization of the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Authorization Information Qualifier (I01)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
3
I03
Security Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Security Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Security Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I04)
01
Password
Required
4
I04
Security Information
M 1
AN
10
This is used for identifying the security information about the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Security Information Qualifier (I03)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
5
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Sender in ISA06.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
6
I06
Interchange Sender ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the sender for other parties to use as the receiver ID to route data to them; the sender always codes this value in the sender ID element
Required
7
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Receiver in ISA08.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
8
I07
Interchange Receiver ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the receiver of the data; When sending, it is used by the sender as their sending ID, thus other parties sending to them will use this as a receiving ID to route data to them
Required
9
I08
Interchange Date
M 1
DT
6
Date of the interchange
The date format is YYMMDD.
Required
10
I09
Interchange Time
M 1
TM
4
Time of the interchange
The time format is HHMM.
Required
11
I65
Repetition Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the repetition separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate repeated occurrences of a simple data element or a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator, component element separator, and the segment terminator
Required
12
I11
Interchange Control Version Number Code
M 1
ID
5
Code specifying the version number of the interchange control segments, the version of the data elements within the control segments, and the code values within those data elements.
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Control Version Number
CODE
DEFINITION
00802
00802 Standards Approved for Publication by ASC X12 Procedures Review Board through December 2020
Required
13
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
  1. The Interchange Control Number, ISA13, must be identical to the associated Interchange Trailer IEA02.
  2. Must be a positive unsigned number and must be identical to the value in IEA02.
Required
14
I13
Acknowledgment Requested Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating sender's request for an interchange acknowledgment
INDUSTRY NAME: Acknowledgment Requested
X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure provides the purpose of the TA1 segment. The X12 Acknowledgment Reference Model provides considerable information about the TA1 segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Interchange Acknowledgment Requested
Use when the interchange contains ONLY acknowledgment Functional Groups (e.g. 999 or 824) or a TA1.
1
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested (TA1)
Use when batch process requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange.
2
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors"
Use when the transaction is for real-time processing.
3
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors" or "Accepted but Errors are Noted"
Use when batch processing requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange only when errors are noted.
Required
15
I14
Interchange Usage Indicator Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating whether data enclosed by this interchange envelope is test, production or information
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Usage Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
I
Information
Use when the interchange contains ONLY a TA1.
P
Production Data
T
Test Data
Required
16
I15
Component Element Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the component element separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate component data elements within a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator and the segment terminator

GS*BE - FUNCTIONAL GROUP HEADER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the beginning of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
A functional group of related transaction sets, within the scope of X12 standards, consists of a collection of similar transaction sets enclosed by a functional group header and a functional group trailer.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GS✱XX✱SENDER CODE✱RECEIVER CODE✱19991231✱0802✱1✱X✱008020X346~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
479
Functional Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets
This is the 2-character Functional Identifier Code assigned to each transaction set by X12. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE
DEFINITION
BE
Benefit Enrollment and Maintenance (834)
Required
2
142
Application Sender's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party sending transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit sending the information.
Required
3
124
Application Receiver's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party receiving transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit receiving the information.
Required
4
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: GS04 is the group date.
Use this date for the functional group creation date.
Required
5
337
Time
M 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: GS05 is the group time.
Use this time for the creation time. The recommended format is HHMM.
Required
6
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GS06 in this header must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group trailer, GE02.
For implementations compliant with this guide, GS06 must be unique within a single transmission (that is, within a single ISA to IEA enveloping structure). The authors recommend that GS06 be unique within all transmissions over a period of time to be determined by the sender.
Required
7
455
Responsible Agency Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the issuer of the standard; this code is used in conjunction with Data Element 480
CODE
DEFINITION
X
Accredited Standards Committee X12
Required
8
480
Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
M 1
AN
1/12
Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed
INDUSTRY NAME: Version, Release, or Industry Identifier Code
This is the unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code assigned to an implementation by X12N. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE SOURCE 881: Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X346
Health Insurance Exchange: Enrollment

ST*834 - TRANSACTION SET HEADER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
ST✱834✱0002✱008020X346~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
143
Transaction Set Identifier Code
M 1
ID
3
Code identifying a Transaction Set
SEMANTIC: The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
CODE
DEFINITION
834
Benefit Enrollment and Maintenance
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Numbers in ST02 and SE02 must be identical and must be a numeric value. The number (i.e. numeric value) is assigned by the originator and must be unique within a functional group (GS-GE). For example, start with the numeric value 0001 and increment from there. The Transaction Set Control Number also aids in error resolution research.
Required
3
1705
Implementation Convention Reference
O 1
AN
1/35
Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
SEMANTIC: The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
  1. This element must be populated with the guide identifier named in Section 1.2.
  2. This field contains the same value as GS08. Some translator products strip off the ISA and GS segments prior to application (STSE) processing. Providing the information from the GS08 at this level will ensure that the appropriate application mapping is utilized at translation time.
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X346
Health Insurance Exchange: Enrollment

BGN - BEGINNING SEGMENT

X12 Name:
Beginning Segment
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the beginning of a transaction set
X12 Syntax:
C0504
If BGN05 is present, then BGN04 is required.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
BGN✱00✱11227✱20220101✱1200✱ET✱✱✱2~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
353
Transaction Set Purpose Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying purpose of transaction set
CODE
DEFINITION
00
Original
If the original transaction has already been processed, an incoming transaction using this code may be rejected by the receiver. The rejection will be identified to the sender by telephone or other direct contact.

The "00" indicates the first time the transaction is sent.
15
Re-Submission
Send the "15" when the original transmission was incorrect, has yet to be processed by the receiver, and a new corrected transmission is being sent. This transmission can then be pended by the receiver's translator for further review.
22
Information Copy
Send the "22" when the original transmission was lost or not processed, and the sender is passing another transmission that is the same as the original.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: BGN02 is the transaction set reference number.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Reference Number
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. This element is the transaction set reference number assigned by the sender's application. It uniquely identifies this occurrence of the transaction for future reference.
Required
3
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: BGN03 is the transaction set date.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Date
This element identifies the date that the submitter created the file.
Required
4
337
Time
X 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: BGN04 is the transaction set time.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0504
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Time
This element is used as a time stamp to uniquely identify the transmission.
Situational
5
623
Time Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
SEMANTIC: BGN05 is the transaction set time qualifier.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0504
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the sender and receiver are not in the same time zone. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Time Zone Code
CODE SOURCE 94: International Organization for Standardization (Date and Time)
CODE
DEFINITION
AT
Alaska Time
CT
Central Time
ET
Eastern Time
GM
Greenwich Mean Time
HT
Hawaii-Aleutian Time
MT
Mountain Time
NT
Newfoundland Time
PT
Pacific Time
TT
Atlantic Time
Situational
6
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: BGN06 is the transaction set reference number of a previously sent transaction affected by the current transaction.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there is a previously sent transaction to cross-reference. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
7
640
Transaction Type Code
O 1
ID
2
Required
8
306
Action Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating type of action
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Change (Update)
Used to identify a transaction of additions, terminations and changes to the current enrollment.
4
Verify
Used to identify a full enrollment transaction to verify that the Exchange's and issuer's systems are synchronized.
RX
Replace
Used to identify a full enrollment transmission to be used to identify additions, terminations and changes that need to be applied to the payer's enrollment system.
Not Used
9
786
Security Level Code
O 1
ID
2

REF*38 - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single QHP. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Traditionally, this identifier represents a combination of the plan/product selected and the employer. In this implementation, the QHP identifier is the same for all employer groups within the SHOP market.
TR3 Example:
REF✱38✱123456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
38
Master Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*TV - ISSUER ASSIGNED QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single QHP, the issuer has assigned an identifier to that QHP, and the identifier is known to the submitter.
If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Traditionally, this identifier represents a combination of the plan/product selected and the employer. In this implementation, the QHP identifier is the same for all employer groups within the SHOP market.
  2. The QHP identified at this level may be overridden at the enrollee level when necessary.
TR3 Example:
REF✱TV✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
TV
Line of Business
CODE SOURCE: 244: Line of Business
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*18 - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange and all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single employer group. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱18✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
18
Plan Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*1L - ISSUER ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when:

all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single employer group,
the issuer has assigned an identifier to that employer group,
and the identifier is known to the submitter.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1L✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1L
Group or Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*007 - FILE EFFECTIVE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
The Effective Date reported at this level applies to all records within the transaction unless overridden at the enrollee level.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱D8✱20220101~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
007
Effective
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Effective Date

QTY*TO - TRANSACTION SET CONTROL TOTALS

X12 Name:
Quantity Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify quantity information
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0204
    At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required.
  2. E0204
    Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The QTY segment is used to record the total number of subscribers and dependents in the transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. The Transaction Set Totals for Dependents and Subscribers reported in QTY segments at this level must add up to the Total reported in this segment.
  2. The Transaction Set Total is a sum of all INS segments included in this transaction (ST/SE).
  3. Since an individual member's record may be transmitted more than once within the ST-SE, the quantity in QTY02 when QTY01 = TO, does not necessarily reflect a count of unique member records.
TR3 Example:
QTY✱TO✱10000~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
673
Quantity Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of quantity
CODE
DEFINITION
TO
Total
Required
2
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0204, E0204
INDUSTRY NAME: Record Totals
Not Used
3
C001
Composite Unit of Measure
O 1
Not Used
4
61
Free-form Information
X 1
AN
1/30

QTY*DT - DEPENDENT RECORD COUNT

X12 Name:
Quantity Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify quantity information
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0204
    At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required.
  2. E0204
    Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The QTY segment is used to record the total number of subscribers and dependents in the transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this transaction contains records for dependents. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The number of dependent records equals the number of instances of loop 2000 where INS01 = N.
TR3 Example:
QTY✱DT✱10000~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
673
Quantity Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of quantity
CODE
DEFINITION
DT
Dependent Total
Required
2
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0204, E0204
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Record Count
Not Used
3
C001
Composite Unit of Measure
O 1
Not Used
4
61
Free-form Information
X 1
AN
1/30

QTY*ET - SUBSCRIBER RECORD COUNT

X12 Name:
Quantity Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify quantity information
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0204
    At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required.
  2. E0204
    Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The QTY segment is used to record the total number of subscribers and dependents in the transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this transaction contains subscriber records.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The number of subscriber records equals the number of instances of loop 2000 where INS01 = Y.
TR3 Example:
QTY✱ET✱10000~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
673
Quantity Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of quantity
CODE
DEFINITION
ET
Employee Total
This code is intended to represent the number of subscribers.
Required
2
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0204, E0204
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Record Count
Not Used
3
C001
Composite Unit of Measure
O 1
Not Used
4
61
Free-form Information
X 1
AN
1/30

N1*41 - SUBMITTER NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: At least one iteration of loop 1000 is required to identify the sender or receiver.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱41✱ABC EXCHANGE✱46✱123567999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
41
Submitter
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Submitter Name
Required
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
CODE
DEFINITION
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
Established by trading partner agreement.
Required
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Submitter Identifier
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N1*40 - RECEIVER NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: At least one iteration of loop 1000 is required to identify the sender or receiver.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱40✱Health Group✱46✱12356789~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
40
Receiver
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Receiver Name
Required
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
CODE
DEFINITION
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
Established by trading partner agreement.
Required
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Receiver Identifier
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N1*IN - QHP ISSUER

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: At least one iteration of loop 1000 is required to identify the sender or receiver.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱IN✱ABC Issuer✱FI✱12356799~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
IN
Insurer
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Insurer Name
Required
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
Use when reporting Tax ID.
PI
Payor Identification
Use when reporting Payer ID.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when reporting Health Plan ID (HPID) or Other Entity Identifier (OEID).
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Required
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Insurer Identification Code
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N1*P5 - SPONSOR NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: At least one iteration of loop 1000 is required to identify the sender or receiver.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this transaction (ST/SE) contains SHOP enrollments only, and all enrollees share the same sponsor. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. This loop identifies the sponsor. See section 1.5 for the definition of Sponsor.
  2. SHOP related transactions will identify the employer as the sponsor.
TR3 Example:
N1✱P5✱ABC Employer✱24✱123567999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
P5
Plan Sponsor
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Plan Sponsor Name
Required
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
Required
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Identifier
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N1*62 - SPONSOR/EMPLOYER GROUP SETUP - NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: At least one iteration of loop 1000 is required to identify the sender or receiver.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this transaction (ST/SE) contains an initial enrollment for a Sponsor/Employer Group or when the Sponsor's/Employer Group's information is being updated. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When this loop is used, it is preferred this transaction (ST/SE) be limited to enrollees that are part of this employer group. If this option is not selected, the design and intent is issuers will be able to know which enrollees are linked to this employer group using the Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier reported in this loop to the Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier reported in Loop 2000.
  2. In this context, initial enrollment means the first time an exchange presents an employer group to an issuer.
TR3 Example:
N1✱62✱ABC EMPLOYER✱24✱123456789~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
62
Applicant's Employer
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Name
Required
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
Required
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Identifier
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N3 - PRIMARY BILLING ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N3✱P.O. Box 1234~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Billing Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Billing Address Line

N4 - PRIMARY BILLING CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Billing City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Billing State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Billing Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*AJ - PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
TR3 Example:
PER✱AJ✱HUMAN✱TE✱8001234567✱EM✱HUMAN@JOB.COM~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
AJ
Primary Contact
Required
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Communications Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

PER*AL - ALTERNATE CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when there is an alternate contact for the Employer Group/ Sponsor. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
TR3 Example:
PER✱AL✱SMALLS✱TE✱8001234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
AL
Alternate Contact
Required
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Communications Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

ACT - SPONSOR/EMPLOYER GROUP INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Account Identification
X12 Purpose:
To specify account information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either ACT03 or ACT04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C0506
    If ACT05 is present, then ACT06 is required.
  3. C0705
    If ACT07 is present, then ACT05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
ACT✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
508
Account Number
M 1
AN
1/35
Account number assigned
Populate this element with a '1'.
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Not Used
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
5
569
Account Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
6
508
Account Number
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
8
107
Payment Method Type Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1
ID
1

REF*18 - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱18✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
18
Plan Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*QQ - EMPLOYER SIZE

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱QQ✱43~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
QQ
Unit Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Employee Count
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. Report the total number of full-time employees.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF - EMPLOYER CLASSIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱IJ✱7349~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
IJ
Standard Industry Classification (SIC) Code
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use to identify the North American Industry Classification System
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Employer Classification Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*DU - EMPLOYER DEPENDENT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when dependent coverage is offered by this Sponsor/Employer Group. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱DU✱YES~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
DU
Dependents Information
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Employer Dependent Coverage Indication
  1. Populate with 'YES' to denote that dependent coverage is offered.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - ALTERNATE BILLING ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when there is an alternate billing address. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱P.O. Box 1234~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Alternate Billing Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Alternate Billing Address Line

N4 - ALTERNATE BILLING CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when there is an alternate billing address. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Alternate Billing City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Alternate Billing State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Alternate Billing Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*BI - ALTERNATE BILLING CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when there is an alternate billing contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
TR3 Example:
PER✱EP✱BILL✱TE✱8001234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
BI
Bill Inquiry Contact
Required
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Communications Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

DTP*AB4 - EMPLOYER WAITING PERIOD

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
DTP✱AB4✱UN✱30~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AB4
Time Period
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
UN
Unstructured
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Waiting Period Days
Enter the number of days in the waiting period. For example, '0' indicates there is no waiting period, '15' indicates the waiting period is 15 days. '30' = 30 days, etc.

AMT - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

X12 Name:
Monetary Amount Information
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the total monetary amount
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
AMT✱JN✱100~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
522
Amount Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code specifying the amount qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
93
Contribution
Use code 93 when the number reported in AMT02 is a percentage.
JN
Employer Contribution
Use code JN when the number reported in AMT02 is a dollar amount.
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
M 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Employer Contribution
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
478
Credit/Debit Flag Code
O 1
ID
1

ACT - SPONSOR/EMPLOYER GROUP OTHER LOCATION INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Account Identification
X12 Purpose:
To specify account information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either ACT03 or ACT04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C0506
    If ACT05 is present, then ACT06 is required.
  3. C0705
    If ACT07 is present, then ACT05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when there are additional locations for this Sponsor/Employer Group. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
ACT✱2~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
508
Account Number
M 1
AN
1/35
Account number assigned
Populate the first iteration of this loop with '2' and increment by 1 for each additional iteration of this loop.
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Not Used
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
5
569
Account Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
6
508
Account Number
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
8
107
Payment Method Type Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1
ID
1

N3 - SPONSOR/EMPLOYER GROUP OTHER LOCATION STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N3✱P.O. Box 1234~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor/Employer Group Other Location Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor/Employer Group Other Location Address Line

N4 - SPONSOR/EMPLOYER GROUP OTHER LOCATION CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor/Employer Group Other Location City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor/Employer Group Other Location State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor/Employer Group Other Location Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*1I - SPONSOR/EMPLOYER GROUP OTHER LOCATION CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when there is contact information specific to this other location. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
TR3 Example:
PER✱1I✱✱TE✱8001234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
1I
Local Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's employer communication contact name is supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Communications Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

INS - ENROLLEE LEVEL DETAIL

X12 Name:
Insured Benefit
X12 Purpose:
To provide benefit, characteristics, and identification information on insured entities.
X12 Syntax:
P1112
If either INS11 or INS12 is present, then the other is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: A Subscriber is a person who elects the benefits and is affiliated with the employer or the insurer. A Dependent is a person who is affiliated with the subscriber, such as a spouse, child, etc., and is therefore entitled to benefits. Subscriber information must come before dependent information. The INS segment is used to note if information being submitted is subscriber information or dependent information.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
Subscriber information must precede dependent information in a transmission, or the subscriber information must have been submitted to the receiver in a previous transmission.
TR3 Example:
INS✱Y✱18✱021✱28✱A✱✱✱FT~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: INS01 indicates status of the insured. A "Y" value indicates the insured is a subscriber: an "N" value indicates the insured is a dependent.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Required
2
1069
Individual Relationship Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the relationship between two individuals or entities
  1. The value 18 must be used for the subscriber.
  2. For dependents, this value identifies their relationship to the subscriber. For example, a daughter would be value 19.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Spouse
03
Father or Mother
04
Grandfather or Grandmother
05
Grandson or Granddaughter
06
Uncle or Aunt
07
Nephew or Niece
08
Cousin
09
Adopted Child
10
Foster Child
11
Son-in-law or Daughter-in-law
12
Brother-in-law or Sister-in-law
13
Mother-in-law or Father-in-law
14
Brother or Sister
15
Ward
16
Stepparent
17
Stepson or Stepdaughter
18
Self
19
Child
23
Sponsored Dependent
Dependents between the ages of 19 and 25 not attending school; age qualifications may vary depending on policy.
24
Dependent of a Minor Dependent
25
Ex-spouse
26
Guardian
31
Court Appointed Guardian
38
Collateral Dependent
Relative related by blood or marriage who resides in the home and is dependent on the insured for a major portion of their support.
53
Life Partner
Use when indicating a partner that acts like a spouse without a legal marriage commitment.
60
Annuitant
D2
Trustee
G8
Other Relationship
G9
Other Relative
Required
3
875
Maintenance Type Code
O 1
ID
3
Code identifying the specific type of item maintenance
CODE
DEFINITION
001
Change
Use this code to indicate a change to an existing subscriber/dependent record.
021
Addition
Use this code to add a subscriber or dependent.
024
Cancellation or Termination
Use when reporting a termination of a subscriber or dependent.
025
Reinstatement
Use this code for reinstatement of a cancelled subscriber/dependent record.
030
Audit or Compare
Use this code when sending a full file (BGN08 = '4' or 'RX') to verify that the exchange and issuer databases are synchronized.
123
Canceled by Administrator
124
Canceled by Insured
Situational
4
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the reason for the maintenance change
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to know the reason for the change. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Divorce
02
Birth
03
Death
04
Retirement
05
Adoption
06
Strike
07
Termination of Benefits
08
Termination of Employment
09
Consolidation Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)
10
Consolidation Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Premium Paid
11
Surviving Spouse
14
Voluntary Withdrawal
15
Primary Care Provider (PCP) Change
16
Quit
17
Fired
18
Suspended
20
Active
21
Disability
22
Plan Change
Use this code when an enrollee changes from one Plan to a different Plan. This is not intended to identify changes to a Plan.

Use this code, in conjunction with DMG05, when the change reason is allowable due to the special enrollment period "An Indian, as defined by section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act, may enroll in a QHP or change from one QHP to another one time per month". See section 1.4.6 - Qualifying Events for more information.
25
Change in Identifying Data Elements
Use this code when a change has been made to the primary elements that identify an enrollee. Such primary elements include the following: first name, last name, Social Security Number, date of birth, and employee identification number.
26
Declined Coverage
Use this code when an enrollee declined a previously active coverage.
27
Pre-Enrollment
Use this code to enroll newborns prior to receiving the newborn's application.
28
Initial Enrollment
Use this code the first time the enrollee selected coverage with the Plan Sponsor.
29
Benefit Selection
Use this code when an enrollee changes benefits within a Plan.
31
Legal Separation
32
Marriage
33
Personnel Data
Use this code for any data change that is not included in any of the other allowed codes. An example would be change in Coordination of Benefits information.
37
Leave of Absence with Benefits
38
Leave of Absence without Benefits
39
Lay Off with Benefits
40
Lay Off without Benefits
41
Re-enrollment
43
Change of Location
Use this code to indicate a change of address.
59
Non Payment
60
Coverage Placed Elsewhere
Use this code when the change reason is allowable due to the special enrollment period "A qualified individual or dependent loses minimum essential coverage". See section 1.4.6 - Qualifying Events for more information.
64
Underwriting Reason
Enrollment error. See section 1.4.6 - Qualifying Events for more information.
70
Misrepresented Information
See section 1.4.6 - Qualifying Events for more information.
86
Change in Insured Information
Change in APTC or CSR eligibility. See section 1.4.6 - Qualifying Events for more information.
AA
Dissatisfaction with Office Staff
AB
Dissatisfaction with Medical Care/Services Rendered
AC
Inconvenient Office Location
AD
Dissatisfaction with Office Hours
AE
Unable to Schedule Appointments in a Timely Manner
AF
Dissatisfaction with Physician's Referral Policy
AG
Less Respect and Attention Time Given than to Other Patients
AH
Patient Moved to a New Location
AI
No Reason Given
AJ
Appointment Times not Met in a Timely Manner
AL
Algorithm Assigned Benefit Selection
EC
Member Benefit Selection
Use this code for initial and subsequent enrollment when an insurance carrier needs to recognize that an enrollee made an explicit plan choice.
XN
Notification Only
Use when sending a complete enrollment transmission, for the full file audit.
XT
Transfer
Use this code when an enrollee has an organizational change (i.e. a location change within the organization) with no change in benefits or plan.
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Other exchange approved reasons. See section 1.4.6 - Qualifying Events for more information.
Required
5
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of coverage under which benefits are paid
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Active
C
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)
S
Surviving Insured
T
Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA)
Situational
6
C052
Medicare Status Code
O 1
To provide Medicare coverage and associated reason for Medicare eligibility
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an enrollee is being enrolled or disenrolled in Medicare, is currently in Medicare or has terminated or changed their Medicare enrollment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
6-1
1218
Medicare Plan Code
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the Medicare Plan
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Medicare Part A
B
Medicare Part B
C
Medicare Part A and B
D
Medicare
E
No Medicare
F
Medicare Part D
G
Medicare Part A and D
H
Medicare Part B and D
Situational
6-2
1701
Eligibility Reason Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying reason for eligibility
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the reason for Medicare is provided to the sponsor by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Medicare Eligibility Reason Code
CODE
DEFINITION
0
Age
1
Disability
2
End Stage Renal Disease (ESRD)
Not Used
6-3
1701
Eligibility Reason Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
6-4
1701
Eligibility Reason Code
O 1
ID
1
Situational
7
1219
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying a qualifying event which results in loss of coverage for a Qualified Beneficiary
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an enrollee is being enrolled in or is enrolled for a benefit covered by COBRA. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying Event Code
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Termination of Employment
2
Reduction of work hours
3
Medicare
4
Death
5
Divorce
6
Separation
7
Ineligible Child
8
Bankruptcy of Retiree's Former Employer (26 U.S.C. 4980B(f)(3)(F))
9
Layoff
10
Leave of Absence
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Situational
8
584
Employment Status Code
O 1
ID
2
Code indicating the general employment status of an employee/claimant
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee is the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
If this insurance enrollment is through a non-employment based program such as Medicare or Medicaid then this data element will contain the status of the subscriber in that program, rather than their employment status. Codes for non-employment based programs will be limited to "AC", Active and "TE", Terminated.
CODE
DEFINITION
AC
Active
AO
Active Military - Overseas
AU
Active Military - USA
FT
Full-time
Full time active employee
IA
Inactive
Use when the subscriber has employer coverage but does not meet the definition of an active employee e.g. full-time, part-time, etc. For example this would be someone on long term disability who still has employer sponsored coverage.
L1
Leave of Absence
NE
Not Employed
OT
Other
PT
Part-time
Part time Active Employee
RT
Retired
TE
Terminated
Situational
9
1220
Student Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the student status of the patient if 19 years of age or older, not handicapped and not the insured
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when describing a non-spouse dependent whose age requires a qualifying condition for enrollment (e.g., being an active student). See the Plan contract for details of the age requirements for student status usage. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
F
Full-time
N
Not a Student
P
Part-time
Situational
10
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: INS10 is the handicapped status indicator. A "Y" value indicates an individual is handicapped; an "N" value indicates an individual is not handicapped.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee is handicapped or to correct a previous report of handicapped status. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Handicap Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Situational
11
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P1112
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Insured Individual Death Date is sent in INS12. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
12
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: INS12 is the date of death.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P1112
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee is deceased. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Individual Death Date
This is the date of death for the subscriber/dependent and does not replace the use of the termination date within the 2300 loop.
Situational
13
1165
Confidentiality Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the access to insured information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee has specified the access to their information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
R
Restricted Access
U
Unrestricted Access
Not Used
14
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Not Used
15
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
16
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Situational
17
1470
Number
O 1
N
1/9
A generic number
SEMANTIC: INS17 is the number assigned to each family member born with the same birth date. This number identifies birth sequence for multiple births allowing proper tracking and response of benefits for each dependent (i.e., twins, triplets, etc.).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when reporting family enrollees with the same birth date if a birth sequence number is needed for proper reporting, tracking or response to benefits. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Birth Sequence Number
Not Used
18
1792
Changed Identifying Information Code
O 20
ID
1/2
Not Used
19
1793
Provider Network Status Information Code
O 1
ID
1/2

REF*38 - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Exchange Assigned QHP segment in the header is not used.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The QHP identified by this segment may be overwritten by a coverage specific identifier when necessary.
TR3 Example:
REF✱38✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
38
Master Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*TV - ISSUER ASSIGNED QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Issuer Assigned QHP segment in the header is not used, and the Issuer Assigned QHP Identifier is known by the submitter.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The QHP identified by this segment may be overwritten by a coverage specific identifier when necessary.
TR3 Example:
REF✱TV✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
TV
Line of Business
CODE SOURCE: 244: Line of Business
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*38 - COVERAGE SPECIFIC EXCHANGE ASSIGNED QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required when one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different QHP than reported as the enrollee or header level QHP. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The identifier applicable to a specific coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.
TR3 Example:
REF✱38✱12565496✱3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
38
Master Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Coverage Specific Exchange Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage being identified.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*TV - COVERAGE SPECIFIC ISSUER ASSIGNED QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required when one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different QHP than reported as the enrollee or header level QHP and the Issuer Assigned QHP identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The identifier applicable to a specific coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.
TR3 Example:
REF✱TV✱12565496✱3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
TV
Line of Business
CODE SOURCE: 244: Line of Business
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Coverage Specific Issuer Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage being identified.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*18 - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange and the header exchange assigned employer group segment is not used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The Employer Group identified by this segment may be overwritten by a coverage specific identifier when necessary.
TR3 Example:
REF✱18✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
18
Plan Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*1L - ISSUER ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange, the header issuer assigned employer group segment is not used, the issuer has assigned an identifier to that employer group, and the identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The Employer Group identified by this segment may be overwritten by a coverage specific identifier when necessary.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1L✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1L
Group or Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*18 - COVERAGE SPECIFIC EXCHANGE ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange and one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different employer group than reported as either the enrollee or header level employer group. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The identifier applicable to a specific coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.
TR3 Example:
REF✱18✱12565496✱3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
18
Plan Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Coverage Specific Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage being identified.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*1L - COVERAGE SPECIFIC ISSUER ASSIGNED EMPLOYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange,
and one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different employer group than reported as either the enrollee or header level employer group,
and the issuer assigned identifier is known by the submitter.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The identifier applicable to a specific coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1L✱12565496✱3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1L
Group or Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Coverage Specific Issuer Assigned Employer Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage being identified.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*POL - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED POLICY IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
For the purposes of this implementation, policy is defined as the collective of enrollees constituting a family unit or household.
TR3 Example:
REF✱POL✱1232456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
POL
Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Policy Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*AZ - ISSUER ASSIGNED POLICY IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when known by the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱AZ✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
AZ
Health Insurance Policy Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Policy Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*WH - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED SUBSCRIBER IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This segment must contain the unique subscriber identification number assigned by the Health Insurance Exchange. This identifier may be used to link the dependent to the subscriber.
TR3 Example:
REF✱WH✱920399398~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
WH
Master Reference (Link) Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Subscriber Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*0F - ISSUER ASSIGNED SUBSCRIBER IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the issuer has assigned an identifier to the subscriber and that identifier has been made known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment must contain the unique SUBSCRIBER identification number assigned by the issuer. This identifier may be used to link the subscriber to the dependents.
TR3 Example:
REF✱0F✱920399398~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
0F
Subscriber Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Subscriber Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*6O - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED DEPENDENT IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when:
an exchange has assigned an identifier to the dependent named in Loop 2100A,
and that identifier is known to the submitter,
and the identifier is permitted for use under applicable regulation.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment must contain the unique identifier assigned by the Health Insurance Exchange.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6O✱920399398~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6O
Cross Reference Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned Dependent Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*1W - ISSUER ASSIGNED DEPENDENT IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the issuer has assigned an identifier to the dependent and that identifier has been made known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment must contain the unique identifier assigned by the Issuer.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1W✱920399398~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1W
Member Identification Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned Dependent Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*4A - EXCHANGE ASSIGNED APTC CONTRIBUTOR/TAX PAYER IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when:

• an exchange has assigned an identifier to the ATPC contributor named in Loop 2100I,
• and the identifier is known to the submitter,
• and the identifier is permitted for use under applicable regulation.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱4A✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
4A
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Exchange Assigned APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*23 - ISSUER ASSIGNED APTC CONTRIBUTOR/TAX PAYER IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the issuer has assigned an identifier to the individual named in Loop 2100I and that identifier is known to the submitter.
If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱23✱12565496~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
23
Client Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Issuer Assigned APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF - ENROLLEE SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when sending additional identifying information on the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱Q4✱920399398~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
Q4
Prior Identifier Number
Use to pass the prior issuer assigned identifier when the member had previous coverage with the same issuer.
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when an exchange has defined another form of enrollee identifier not otherwise accounted for in this transaction.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*01 - ACH BANK INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an exchange has collected bank information for the purposes of premium payment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱01✱12565496✱JOHN DOE✱PB:00123456789~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
01
American Bankers Assoc. (ABA) Transit/Routing Number (Including Check Digit, 9 Digits)
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Routing Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Account Holder Name
Required
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as specified by the Reference Qualifier
SEMANTIC: REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.
Required
4-1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
PB
Payer's Financial Institution Account Number for Check, Draft, or Wire Payments; Originating Company Account Number for ACH Transfers
Required
4-2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
INDUSTRY NAME: Bank Account Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
4-3
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
4-4
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4-5
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
4-6
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80

REF*PSM - CREDIT/DEBIT CARD INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The REF segment is required to link the dependent(s) to the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an exchange has collected credit/debit card information for the purposes of premium payment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱PSM✱1234432112344321✱JOHN DOE✱8U:123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
PSM
Credit Card
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Credit/Debit Card Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Card Holder Name
Required
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as specified by the Reference Qualifier
SEMANTIC: REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.
Required
4-1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
8U
Bank Assigned Security Identifier
Required
4-2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
INDUSTRY NAME: Card Security Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
4-3
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
4-4
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4-5
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
4-6
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80

DTP - ENROLLEE LEVEL DATES

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
25
Situational Rule:
Required when any of the dates defined by the date qualifiers and code notes available in DTP01 apply to the enrollee initial enrollment and/or enrollment reconciliation process.

OR

Required when this transaction is reporting a change to an enrollee's record, and one of the dates defined by the date qualifiers and code notes available in DTP01 have changed.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. While many of the dates listed for DTP01 are related to termination, the only code that is used to actually terminate an Enrollee is 357 (Eligibility End). Similarly, the Eligibility Begin Date (code 356) is the date the individual is eligible for coverage, not the date coverage is effective.
  2. For new enrollments or reconciliation, all dates that apply to the particular insurance contract are to be sent.
  3. For updates, all dates that apply to the particular insurance contract which have changed are to be sent.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱356✱D8✱20220101~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
286
Retirement
300
Enrollment Signature Date
301
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying Event
303
Maintenance Effective
This code is used to send the effective date of a change to an existing enrollee's information, excluding changes made in Loop 2300.
336
Employment Begin
337
Employment End
338
Medicare Begin
Use when the date is a Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) Coverage Effective Date
339
Medicare End
Use when the date is a Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) Coverage Termination Date.
340
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Begin
341
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) End
356
Eligibility Begin
The date when an enrollee could elect to enroll or begin benefits in any health care plan through the employer. This is not the actual begin date of coverage, which is conveyed in the DTP segment at position 2700.
357
Eligibility End
The eligibility end date represents the last date of coverage for which claims will be paid for the individual being terminated. For example, if a date of 02/28/2014 is passed then claims for this individual will be paid through 11:59 p.m. on 02/28/2014.
382
Enrollment
388
Payment Commencement
393
Plan Participation Suspension
473
Medicaid Begin
474
Medicaid End
754
Next Payment Due
AEC
Medicare Part A Coverage Effective Date
AED
Medicare Part A Termination Date
AEG
Medicare Part B Coverage Effective Date
AEH
Medicare Part B Termination Date
AFC
Medicare Part D Coverage Effective Date
AFD
Medicare Part D Termination Date
W02
Status Change
Use when a status is reported in the Employment Status Code (INS08) and an effective date of that status is needed.
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Information Effective Date

DTP*903 - ONLINE APPLICATION DATE/TIME

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the online application date and time of submission is captured by the application system and applies to all coverages being reported. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱903✱UN✱08012021132732001~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
903
Application Entry
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
UN
Unstructured
Use when date and time (to the millisecond) is reported, following the format MMDDCCYYHHMMSSTTT where MM is the month (01 to 12), DD is the day in the month, CC is the century, YY is the year, HH is the hour of the day based on a twenty-four hour clock, MM is the minutes within an hour, SS is the seconds within the minute and TTT is the milliseconds within the seconds.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

DTP*196 - INDIAN TRIBAL STATUS EFFECTIVE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when collected by an exchange. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱196✱D8✱20220601~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
196
Start
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Indian Tribal Status Effective Date

DTP*771 - TOBACCO STATUS EFFECTIVE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when collected by an exchange. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱771✱D8✱20220201~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
771
Status
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Tobacco Status Effective Date

DTP*ABW - CREDIT CARD EXPIRATION DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an exchange has collected credit/debit card information for the purposes of premium payment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱ABW✱YM✱2107~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
ABW
Credit Documentation Expiration
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
YM
Year and Month Expressed in Format YYMM
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Credit Card Expiration Date

NM1 - ENROLLEE NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱IL✱1✱SMITH✱JOHN✱M✱✱SR~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
This code identifies if this is a correction to a previous enrollment transaction, or if it is a new or update enrollment transaction.
CODE
DEFINITION
74
Corrected Insured
Use this code if this transmission is correcting the identifier information on an enrollee already enrolled. Usage of this code requires the sending of an NM1 with code '70' in loop 2100B.
IL
Insured or Subscriber
Use this code for enrolling a new enrollee or updating an enrollee with no change in identifying information.
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to "1" (person) and the person has a first name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the NM109 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
34
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Value is required if National Individual Identifier is mandated for use. Otherwise, one of the other listed codes may be used.
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an Enrollee Identifier is known and allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*IP - ENROLLEE COMMUNICATIONS NUMBERS

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required ((when enrolling new subscribers) or (when enrolling new dependents with contact information different than the subscriber) or (when changing the member's contact information)) and the information is available to the submitter.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
  2. Send communication information in the order of preference when contacting the member.
TR3 Example:
PER✱IP✱✱HP✱8015554321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IP
Insured Party
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Select the appropriate PER03 qualifier necessary to represent the individual's preferred contact method as indicated on the application.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TM
Telemail
Use when the enrollee designates a telephone number at which to receive text message communications.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Populate this element with the individual's preferred contact information as provided on the application.
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TM
Telemail
Use when the enrollee designates a telephone number at which to receive text message communications.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TM
Telemail
Use when the enrollee designates a telephone number at which to receive text message communications.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N3 - ENROLLEE RESIDENCE STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when enrolling new subscribers, when enrolling new dependents with address different than the subscriber, or when changing a member's address. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Address Line

N4 - ENROLLEE CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when enrolling new subscribers, when enrolling new dependents with address different than the subscriber, or when changing a member's address. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Postal Zone or Zip Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Situational
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying type of location
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0605
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this data is required by the trading partner agreement between the exchange and the issuer and allowed by federal and state regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
60
Area
CY
County/Parish
Situational
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Code which identifies a specific location
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0605
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this data is required by the trading partner agreement between the exchange and the issuer and allowed by federal and state regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

DMG*D8 - ENROLLEE DEMOGRAPHICS

X12 Name:
Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C1105
    If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when enrolling a new enrollee, changing an enrollee's demographic information, or terminating an enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19620915✱F✱M✱^RET^2054-5~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
2
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Birth Date
Required
3
1068
Gender Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Not Provided
Use when the gender cannot be sent due to reporting restrictions.
B
Not Applicable
Use when member self-reports as transgender.
F
Female
M
Male
U
Unknown
Use when the gender is unknown.
Situational
4
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the marital status of a person
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when collected by the Exchange and the enrollee identified in the related INS segment is the subscriber.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Registered Domestic Partner
D
Divorced
I
Single
M
Married
R
Unreported
S
Separated
U
Unmarried (Single or Divorced or Widowed)
W
Widowed
X
Legally Separated
Situational
5
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
To send general and detailed information on race or ethnicity
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES: P0203
If either C05602 or C05603 is present, then the other is required.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES: C056-02 and C056-03 are used to specify detailed information about race or ethnicity.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when collected by the Exchange.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
5-1
1109
Race or Ethnicity Code
O 1
ID
1
Required
5-2
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0203
CODE
DEFINITION
RET
Classification of Race or Ethnicity
CODE SOURCE: 859: Classification of Race or Ethnicity
Required
5-3
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Race or Ethnicity Code
CODE SOURCE 859: Classification of Race or Ethnicity
Situational
6
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating citizenship status
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when deemed necessary by the trading partner agreement between an exchange and issuer, Andtransmission of the data is allowed by federal and state regulations.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
U.S. Citizen
2
Non-Resident Alien
3
Resident Alien
4
Illegal Alien
5
Alien
6
U.S. Citizen - Non-Resident
7
U.S. Citizen - Resident
Not Used
7
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Situational
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P1011
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when such transmission is required under the insurance contract between the sponsor and payer and allowed by federal and state regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
REC
Race or Ethnicity Collection Code
CODE SOURCE: 860: Race or Ethnicity Collection Code
Situational
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: DMG11 is used to specify how the information in DMG05, including repeats of C056, was collected.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P1011, C1105
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there is a need to specify how the information in DMG05, including any repeats, was collected. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Race or Ethnicity Collection Code
Not Used
12
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3

EC - EMPLOYMENT CLASS

X12 Name:
Employment Class
X12 Purpose:
To provide class of employment information
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
>1
Situational Rule:
Required when sending additional employment class information on the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
EC✱04✱06✱07~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1176
Employment Class Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating category of employee
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Union
02
Non-Union
03
Executive
04
Non-Executive
05
Management
06
Non-Management
07
Hourly
08
Salaried
09
Administrative
10
Non-Administrative
11
Exempt
12
Non-Exempt
17
Highly Compensated
18
Key-Employee
19
Bargaining
20
Non-Bargaining
21
Owner
22
President
23
Vice President
Situational
2
1176
Employment Class Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating category of employee
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if further classification information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Union
02
Non-Union
03
Executive
04
Non-Executive
05
Management
06
Non-Management
07
Hourly
08
Salaried
09
Administrative
10
Non-Administrative
11
Exempt
12
Non-Exempt
17
Highly Compensated
18
Key-Employee
19
Bargaining
20
Non-Bargaining
21
Owner
22
President
23
Vice President
Situational
3
1176
Employment Class Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating category of employee
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if further classification information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Union
02
Non-Union
03
Executive
04
Non-Executive
05
Management
06
Non-Management
07
Hourly
08
Salaried
09
Administrative
10
Non-Administrative
11
Exempt
12
Non-Exempt
17
Highly Compensated
18
Key-Employee
19
Bargaining
20
Non-Bargaining
21
Owner
22
President
23
Vice President
Not Used
4
954
Percentage as Decimal
O 1
R
1/10
Not Used
5
1201
Information Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
6
1149
Occupation Code
O 1
ID
4/6

HLH - ENROLLEE HEALTH INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Health Information
X12 Purpose:
To provide health information
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required on initial enrollment of an enrollee when appropriate medical information about the enrollee is available

Or

Required on an enrollment update when an enrollee's medical information has changed and is available.
If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
HLH✱P:Y:ABC:20211215✱74✱210~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
C061
Member Health and Treatment Information
O 10
To identify member health and treatment information
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. L030405
    If C06103 is present, then at least one of C06104 or C06105 are required.
  2. C0403
    If C06104 is present, then C06103 is required.
  3. C0503
    If C06105 is present, then C06103 is required.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C061-04 is the beginning date related to the type of date identified in C061-03.
  2. C061-05 is the end date related to the type of date identified in C061-03.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required on initial enrollment to report tobacco use, substance abuse or pregnancy status when the enrollee's information is available.ORRequired on an enrollment update to report tobacco use, substance abuse or pregnancy status when an enrollee's information is available.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-1
1212
Health-Related Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a specific health situation
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required on initial enrollment to report tobacco use, substance abuse or pregnancy status when the enrollee's information is available.ORRequired on an enrollment update to report tobacco use, substance abuse or pregnancy status when an enrollee's information is available.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Related Code
CODE
DEFINITION
N
None
P
Pregnancy
S
Substance Abuse
T
Tobacco Use
U
Unknown
Situational
1-2
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a 'P', 'S', or 'T' is sent in the health related code. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Yes No Condition or Response Code
Use to report a health related condition is present, not present (N) or unknown.
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
U
Unknown
Y
Yes
Situational
1-3
374
Date/Time Qualifier
X 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: L030405, C0403, C0503
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a status effective date for tobacco use or substance abuse is available.OrRequired when an estimated pregnancy due date is available.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
771
Status
Use when reporting a tobacco use or substance abuse status for the first time.
ABC
Estimated Date of Birth
Use when reporting the estimated date of birth for the first time.
W02
Status Change
Use when reporting a change in tobacco use or substance abuse status or when reporting a change of estimated date of birth.
Situational
1-4
373
Date
X 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: L030405, C0403
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HLH01-03 is populated. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Related Code Status Date
Not Used
1-5
373
Date
X 1
DT
8
Situational
2
65
Height
O 1
R
1/8
Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright position
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Height
The height must be reported in inches.
Situational
3
81
Weight
O 1
R
1/10
Numeric value of weight
SEMANTIC: HLH03 is the current weight in pounds.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Weight
Not Used
4
81
Weight
O 1
R
1/10
Not Used
5
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
6
1213
Current Health Condition Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80

HI - ENROLLMENT AMOUNT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Health Care Information Codes
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to the delivery of health care
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
10
Situational Rule:
Required when there are amounts that apply to the individual identified in this loop.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Examples of amounts to be reported include: APTCs, CSRs, APTC Amount Paid, Total Premium Amount (APTC + Enrollee Premium Liability), State Mandated Benefit Amount, and others.
TR3 Example:
HI✱ZZ:1:RD8:20220101-20220131:427.35:1✱ZZ:1:RD8:20220101- 20220131:127:2✱ZZ:2:RD8:20220101-20220131:225.5::3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C022
Health Care Code Information
M 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
Required
1-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
1-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
1-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
1-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
1-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
1-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
1-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
2
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
2-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
2-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
2-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
2-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
2-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
2-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
2-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
3
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
3-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
3-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
3-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
3-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
3-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
3-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
4
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
4-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
4-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
4-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
4-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
4-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
4-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
4-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
4-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
5
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
5-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
5-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
5-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
5-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
5-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
5-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
5-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
5-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
6
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
6-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
6-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
6-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
6-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
6-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
6-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
6-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
6-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
7-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
7-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
7-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
7-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
7-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
7-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
7-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
7-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
8
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
8-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
8-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
8-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
8-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
8-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
8-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
8-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
8-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
9
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
9-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
9-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
9-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
9-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
9-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
9-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
9-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
9-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
10
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
10-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
10-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
10-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
10-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
10-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
10-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
11
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
11-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
11-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
11-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
11-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
11-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
11-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
12
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional enrollment amount and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other enrollment amounts. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
12-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
CMS/CCIIO Enrollment Amounts Code Set
Required
12-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Code
This element defines the type of amount being reported. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Situational
12-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amount represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
12-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when specific dates apply to the amounts represented in this composite. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount Related Date or Date Range
Required
12-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
12-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are multiple Health Coverages in Loop 2300 and the amount represented in this composite applies to the one specific Health Coverage identified by HD06. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
Populate this field with the value reported in HD06 of the coverage loop this amount is related to.
Situational
12-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the amount represented in this composite is identifying an advance cost share amount. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element identifies the applicable CSR plan variation in which the member is enrolled. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
Not Used
12-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30

LUI - ENROLLEE LANGUAGE

X12 Name:
Language Use
X12 Purpose:
To specify language, type of usage, and proficiency or fluency
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either LUI01 or LUI02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. L040203
    If LUI04 is present, then at least one of LUI02 or LUI03 are required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
>1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected this information and is legally allowed to share it. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
LUI✱LD✱123✱✱8~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the LUI02 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
LD
NISO Z39.53 Language Codes
CODE SOURCE: 457: NISO Z39.53 Language Code List
LE
ISO 639 Language Codes
CODE SOURCE: 102: Languages
Situational
2
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEMANTIC: LUI02 is the language code.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102, L040203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the sender is able to code the language identification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Language Code
Situational
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEMANTIC: LUI03 is the name of the language.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: L040203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if the sender is unable to code the necessary language identification in LUI01 and LUI02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Language Description
Situational
4
1303
Use of Language Indicator Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating the use of a language
SEGMENT SYNTAX: L040203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Language Use Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
5
Language Reading
6
Language Writing
7
Language Speaking
8
Native Language
Not Used
5
1476
Language Proficiency Indicator Code
O 1
ID
1

NM1*70 - INCORRECT ENROLLEE NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a corrected name is being sent in loop 2100A or if previously supplied demographics are being changed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱70✱1✱SMYTH✱JON~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
This code identifies that the information that follows is previously reported enrollment information that is being corrected.
CODE
DEFINITION
70
Prior Incorrect Insured
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Enrollee Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to "1" (person) and the person has a first name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Enrollee First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Enrollee Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Enrollee Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Enrollee Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a corrected value is being reported in the NM109 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
34
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
II
Standard Unique Health Identifier for each Individual in the United States
Value is required if National Individual Identifier is mandated for use. Otherwise, one of the other listed codes may be used.
TI
Individual Taxpayer's Identification Number (ITIN)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there was a previous error. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Insured Identifier
NM109 is the identifier that was previously sent in error. This allows matching with data on receiver's system.
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

DMG*D8 - INCORRECT ENROLLEE DEMOGRAPHICS

X12 Name:
Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C1105
    If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the 2100A loop DMG segment contains corrected demographic information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19740915✱M~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's birth date is being corrected. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
2
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's birth date is being corrected. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Insured Birth Date
Situational
3
1068
Gender Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's gender is being corrected. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Incorrect Insured Gender Code
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Not Provided
Use when the gender cannot be sent due to reporting restrictions.
B
Not Applicable
Use when member self-reports as transgender.
F
Female
M
Male
U
Unknown
Use when the gender is unknown.
Situational
4
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the marital status of a person
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's Marital Status Code is being corrected. If not required this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Registered Domestic Partner
D
Divorced
I
Single
M
Married
R
Unreported
S
Separated
U
Unmarried (Single or Divorced or Widowed)
W
Widowed
X
Legally Separated
Situational
5
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
To send general and detailed information on race or ethnicity
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES: P0203
If either C05602 or C05603 is present, then the other is required.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES: C056-02 and C056-03 are used to specify detailed information about race or ethnicity.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's Race or Ethnicity is being corrected. If not required this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
5-1
1109
Race or Ethnicity Code
O 1
ID
1
Required
5-2
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0203
CODE
DEFINITION
RET
Classification of Race or Ethnicity
CODE SOURCE: 859: Classification of Race or Ethnicity
Required
5-3
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Race or Ethnicity Code
Situational
6
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating citizenship status
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's Citizenship status code is being corrected. If not required this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
U.S. Citizen
2
Non-Resident Alien
3
Resident Alien
4
Illegal Alien
5
Alien
6
U.S. Citizen - Non-Resident
7
U.S. Citizen - Resident
Not Used
7
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Situational
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P1011
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the 2100A loop DMG11 contains corrected information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
REC
Race or Ethnicity Collection Code
CODE SOURCE: 860: Race or Ethnicity Collection Code
Situational
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: DMG11 is used to specify how the information in DMG05, including repeats of C056, was collected.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P1011, C1105
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's Race or Ethnicity is being corrected. If not required this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Race or Ethnicity Collection Code
Not Used
12
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3

NM1*31 - ENROLLEE MAILING ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollee mailing address is different from the residence address sent in loop 2100A or when the dependent's address is different from the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱31✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
31
Postal Mailing Address
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Not Used
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

N3 - ENROLLEE MAIL STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N3✱P.O. Box 1234~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Address Line

N4 - ENROLLEE MAIL CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Mail City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Mail State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Postal Zone or Zip Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

NM1*36 - ENROLLEE EMPLOYER

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the enrollee is employed by someone other than the sponsor and the employer is known to the submitter.
If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment is not used to collect Coordination of Benefits (COB) information. COB information must be passed in the 2320 loop.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱36✱2✱ABC CORP.~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
36
Employer
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to "1" (person) and the person has a first name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee and NM102 equals '1'. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee and NM102 equals '1'. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee and NM102 equals '1'. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the NM109 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
Use when reporting the Employer Identification Number (EIN) issued by the IRS.
34
Social Security Number
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available and allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*EP - ENROLLEE EMPLOYER COMMUNICATIONS NUMBERS

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information, the enrollee is employed by someone other than the sponsor, and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
  2. Send communication information in the order of preference when contacting the member.
TR3 Example:
PER✱EP✱✱TE✱8001234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
EP
Employer Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the enrollee's employer communication contact name is supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Communications Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N3 - ENROLLEE EMPLOYER STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information, the enrollee is employed by someone other than the sponsor, and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Address Line

N4 - ENROLLEE EMPLOYER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information, the enrollee is employed by someone other than the sponsor, and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Employer Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

NM1*S3 - CUSTODIAL PARENT

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the custodial parent of a minor dependent is someone other than the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Any other situation, (examples: Guardianship, Legal Indemnity, Power of Attorney, and/or Separation Agreements) would be handled under the Responsible Party NM1 segment.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱S3✱1✱JONES✱MARY~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
S3
Custodial Parent
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a first name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the NM109 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
34
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
II
Standard Unique Health Identifier for each Individual in the United States
Value is required if National Individual Identifier is mandated for use. Otherwise, one of the other listed codes may be used.
TI
Individual Taxpayer's Identification Number (ITIN)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available and allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*PQ - CUSTODIAL PARENT COMMUNICATIONS NUMBERS

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required when the custodial parent of a minor dependent is someone other than the subscriber and the information is provided to the Exchange.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
  2. Send communication information in the order of preference when contacting the member.
TR3 Example:
PER✱PQ✱✱TE✱8001234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
PQ
Parent or Guardian
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N3 - CUSTODIAL PARENT STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the custodial parent of a minor dependent is someone other than the subscriber and the information is provided to the Exchange.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Address Line

N4 - CUSTODIAL PARENT CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the custodial parent of a minor dependent is someone other than the subscriber and the information is provided to the Exchange.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Custodial Parent Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

NM1 - RESPONSIBLE PERSON

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required to identify the person(s), other than the subscriber, who are responsible for the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment does not identify the individual with fiscal responsibility for premium payment. That person or entity is identified as the sponsor.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱QD✱1✱CASE✱JOHN✱✱✱✱34✱111223333✱01~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
6Y
Case Manager
9K
Key Person
E1
Person or Other Entity Legally Responsible for a Child
Used to identify a legal indemnity situation.

This code is used when a Qualified Medical Child Support Order (QMSCO) is present.
EI
Executor of Estate
This is used when the subscriber is deceased and the executor/responsible person is other than a surviving spouse.
EXS
Ex-spouse
This is used to identify a separated spouse under a separation agreement, or that the enrollee is the divorced spouse and self responsible. This is NOT USED to identify the custodial parent for dependent children after a divorce.
GB
Other Insured
GD
Guardian
J6
Power of Attorney
LR
Legal Representative
QD
Responsible Party
S1
Parent
TP
Primary Taxpayer
TZ
Significant Other
X4
Spouse
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Sponsoring Indian Health Entity
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a first name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Suffix Name
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available and allowed under confidentiality regulations.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
34
Social Security Number
II
Standard Unique Health Identifier for each Individual in the United States
Value is required if National Individual Identifier is mandated for use. Otherwise, one of the other listed codes may be used.
TI
Individual Taxpayer's Identification Number (ITIN)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available and allowed under confidentiality regulations.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Identifier
Required
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying entity relationship
COMMENT: NM110 and NM111 further define the type of entity in NM101.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1110
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Relationship Code
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Parent
02
Child
22
Sibling
27
Domestic Partner
29
Power of Attorney Delegee
30
Significant Other
41
Spouse
53
Foster Parent
54
Friend
55
Grand Child
56
Grand Parent
57
Guardian
65
Other
72
Unknown
80
Aunt
89
Nephew
90
Niece
97
Uncle
AV
Former Spouse
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*RP - RESPONSIBLE PERSON COMMUNICATIONS NUMBERS

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
  2. Send communication information in the order of preference when contacting the member.
TR3 Example:
PER✱RP✱✱HP✱8015554321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
RP
Responsible Person
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N3 - RESPONSIBLE PERSON STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Address Line

N4 - RESPONSIBLE PERSON CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Responsible Person Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

NM1*45 - DROP OFF LOCATION

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when enrollee has requested shipments to be sent to an address other then their residence or mailing. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱45✱1✱CASE✱JOHN~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
45
Drop-off Location
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by the enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

N3 - DROP OFF LOCATION STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Drop Off Location Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drop Off Location Address Line

N4 - DROP OFF LOCATION CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drop Off Location City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drop Off Location State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drop Off Location Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

NM1 - SPONSOR NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when Loop 1000D Sponsor is not used AND:

this enrollment is from a SHOP exchange.

OR

the enrollment is from an Individual Market Exchange, and the exchange is able to determine the entity responsible for payment.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. This loop identifies the sponsor. See section 1.5 for the definition of Sponsor.
  2. When the exchange cannot determine a sponsor (the entity responsible for premium payment) in the individual market, the contact person must be reported in the subscriber PER.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱2J✱1✱SMITH✱JOHN✱M✱✱SR✱FI✱123456789~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
2J
Individual
Use when this enrollment is from the Individual Market.
P5
Plan Sponsor
Use when this enrollment is from the SHOP Market.
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to "1" (person) and the person has a first name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N101 = P5.ORRequired when N101 = 2J and a Tax Identification Number was collected.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
The identifier is the Employer Identification Number (EIN) issued by the IRS. The EIN has been adopted as the HIPAA Standard Unique Employer Identifier.
94
Code assigned by the organization that is the ultimate destination of the transaction set
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N101 = P5.ORRequired when N101 = 2J and a Tax Identification Number was collected.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Sponsor Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

NM1*2C - APTC CONTRIBUTOR/TAX PAYER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an APTC amount designated for this policy is attributed to a tax payer who is not an enrollee in this policy and the exchange provides APTC tax payer detail. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱2C✱1✱JONES✱MARY~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
2C
Co-Participant
Used to represent the APTC contributor/Tax Payer.
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Last Name
Required
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required if supplied by enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the NM109 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
34
Social Security Number
The social security number may not be used for any Federally administered programs such as Medicare or CHAMPUS/TRICARE.
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Value is required if National Individual Identifier is mandated for use. Otherwise, one of the other listed codes may be used.
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available and allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*IC - APTC CONTRIBUTOR/TAX PAYER COMMUNICATION NUMBERS

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required when this information is provided to the Exchange. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
  2. Send communication information in the order of preference when contacting the member.
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱✱TE✱8001234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
Use when reporting the phone number for the individual's closest relative.
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
Use when the cellular phone ownership is unknown.
EA
Internet Email Address
Use when reporting a secondary or alternate email address.
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
HP
Home Phone Number
NP
Night Telephone
OT
Other Residential Telephone Number
Use when reporting a TTY communication number.
PC
Personal Cellular
PP
Personal Phone
TE
Telephone
Use when identifying the primary phone number.
TS
Text Message Address
WC
Work Cellular
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N3 - APTC CONTRIBUTOR/TAX PAYER STREET ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this information is provided to the Exchange. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Address Line

N4 - APTC CONTRIBUTOR/TAX PAYER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this information is provided to the Exchange. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

DSB - DISABILITY INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Disability Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply disability information
X12 Syntax:
P0708
If either DSB07 or DSB08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DSB✱2✱✱✱✱✱✱DX✱585~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1146
Disability Type Code
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the disability status of the individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Short Term Disability
2
Long Term Disability
3
Permanent or Total Disability
4
No Disability
Not Used
2
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
3
1149
Occupation Code
O 1
ID
4/6
Not Used
4
1154
Work Intensity Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
1161
Product Option Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Situational
7
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the DSB08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
DC
International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DX
International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-9-CM) - Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 131: International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-9-CM)
Situational
8
1137
Medical Code Value
X 1
AN
1/15
Code value for describing a medical condition or procedure
SEMANTIC: DSB08 is the functional status code for the disability.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code

DTP - DISABILITY ELIGIBILITY DATES

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment is used to send the first and last date of disability.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱360✱D8✱20220101~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
360
Initial Disability Period Start
361
Initial Disability Period End
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Disability Eligibility Date

HD - HEALTH COVERAGE

X12 Name:
Health Coverage
X12 Purpose:
To provide information on health coverage
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when enrolling a new enrollee or when adding, updating, removing coverage or auditing an existing enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
HD✱021✱✱HLT✱✱FAM✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
875
Maintenance Type Code
M 1
ID
3
Code identifying the specific type of item maintenance
Required to identify the specific type of item maintenance.
CODE
DEFINITION
001
Change
002
Delete
Use this code for deleting an incorrect coverage record.
021
Addition
024
Cancellation or Termination
Use this code for cancelling/terminating a coverage.
025
Reinstatement
026
Correction
This code is used to correct an incorrect record.
030
Audit or Compare
032
Employee Information Not Applicable
Certain situations, such as military duty and CHAMPUS/TRICARE, classify the subscriber as ineligible for coverage or benefits. However, dependents of the subscribers are still eligible for coverage or benefits under the subscriber. Subscriber identifying elements are needed to accurately identify dependents.
Not Used
2
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Required
3
1205
Insurance Line Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying a group of insurance products
CODE
DEFINITION
AG
Preventative Care/Wellness
AH
24 Hour Care
AJ
Medicare Risk
AK
Mental Health
CDV
Combined Dental and Vision
COM
Combined other than Dental and Vision
Use when identifying combined insurance lines other than dental and vision that are not QHP Products under Exchange business.
DCP
Dental Capitation
This identifies a dental managed care organization (DMO).
DEN
Dental
EPO
Exclusive Provider Organization
FAC
Facility
HE
Hearing
HLT
Health
Includes both hospital and professional coverage.
HMO
Health Maintenance Organization
LTC
Long-Term Care
LTD
Long-Term Disability
MM
Major Medical
MOD
Mail Order Drug
PDG
Prescription Drug
POS
Point of Service
PPO
Preferred Provider Organization
PRA
Practitioners
STD
Short-Term Disability
UR
Utilization Review
VIS
Vision
Not Used
4
1204
Plan Coverage Description
O 1
AN
1/50
Situational
5
1207
Coverage Level Code
O 1
ID
3
Code indicating the level of coverage being provided for this insured
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
CHD
Children Only
DEP
Dependents Only
E1D
Employee and One Dependent
For this code, the dependent is a non-spouse dependent. This code is not used for identification of Employee and Spouse. See code ESP.
E2D
Employee and Two Dependents
E3D
Employee and Three Dependents
E5D
Employee and One or More Dependents
E6D
Employee and Two or More Dependents
E7D
Employee and Three or More Dependents
E8D
Employee and Four or More Dependents
E9D
Employee and Five or More Dependents
ECH
Employee and Children
EMP
Employee Only
ESP
Employee and Spouse
FAM
Family
IND
Individual
SPC
Spouse and Children
SPO
Spouse Only
TWO
Two Party
Required
6
609
Count
O 1
N
1/9
Occurrence counter
SEMANTIC: HD06 is the number of collateral dependents for the primary insured. A collateral dependent is a relative related by blood or marriage who resides in the home and is dependent on the employee for support.
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Coverage Sequence Number
The first HD06 within each enrollee (2100A) must be '1'. Each subsequent occurrence of HD06 within the enrollee is incremented by one.
Not Used
7
609
Count
O 1
N
1/9
Not Used
8
1209
Underwriting Decision Code
O 1
ID
1
Situational
9
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: HD09 is a late enrollee indicator. A "Y" value indicates the insured is a late enrollee, which can result in a reduction of benefits; an "N" value indicates the insured is a regular enrollee.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there is a need to designate an enrollee as a late enrollee. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Late Enrollment Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
Y
Yes
Not Used
10
1211
Drug House Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
11
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1

DTP - HEALTH COVERAGE DATES

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
8
TR3 Example:
DTP✱348✱D8✱20221001~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
300
Enrollment Signature Date
303
Maintenance Effective
This is the effective date of a change where an enrollee's coverage is not being added or removed.
343
Premium Paid to Date End
348
Benefit Begin
This is the effective date of coverage. This code must always be sent when adding or reinstating coverage.
349
Benefit End
The termination date represents the last date of coverage in which claims will be paid for the individual being terminated. For example, if a date of 02/28/2014 is passed then claims for this individual will be paid through 11:59 p.m. on 2/28/14.
543
Last Premium Paid Date
606
Certification Period Start
Use when reporting the member's date of certification or qualification for the coverage being sent in Loop 2300. Benefit Begin Date is reported using code value 348. Certification Period Start and Benefit Begin Date may or may not be the same.
695
Previous Period
Use when DTP01 is equal to 695 - Previous Period.
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
This value is only to be used when reporting Previous Coverage Months.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Coverage Period

DTP*903 - ONLINE APPLICATION DATE/TIME

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the online application date and time of submission is captured by the application system and was not reported in Loop 2000. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱903✱UN✱08012021132732001~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
903
Application Entry
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
UN
Unstructured
Use when date and time (to the millisecond) is reported, following the format MMDDCCYYHHMMSSTTT where MM is the month (01 to 12), DD is the day in the month, CC is the century, YY is the year, HH is the hour of the day based on a twenty-four hour clock, MM is the minutes within an hour, SS is the seconds within the minute and TTT is the milliseconds within the seconds.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

REF - HEALTH COVERAGE POLICY NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
5
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱PID✱123456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
M7
Medical Assistance Category
PID
Program Identification Number
RB
Rate code number
XX1
Special Program Code
XX2
Service Area Code
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use this code for the Payment Plan Type Code (Annual or Quarterly) until a standard code is assigned.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Group or Policy Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*QQ - PRIOR COVERAGE MONTHS

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the portability provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act require reporting of the number of months of prior health coverage that meet the certification requirements of the Act. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱QQ✱0~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
QQ
Unit Number
This code is used in this implementation guide to indicate that the value in REF02 is the response required under the portability provisions of HIPAA.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Prior Coverage Month Count
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. This field will contain the number of months of prior health insurance coverage that meets the portability requirements of the HIPAA certification requirements. To be sent on new enrollments when available.
  3. Report as a left-justified integer with no leading zeroes.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

LX - PROVIDER INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Line Number
X12 Purpose:
To reference a line number in a transaction set
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: Loop 2310 contains information about the primary care providers for the subscriber or the dependent, and about the beneficiaries of any employer-sponsored life insurance for the subscriber.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Use one iteration of the loop to identify each applicable health care service provider.
  2. The primary care provider effective date is defaulted to the effective date of the product identified in the DTP segment of the 2300 loop. When an enrollee switches from one primary care provider to another through the sponsor, the new provider must be listed with the effective date of change.
TR3 Example:
LX✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
554
Assigned Number
M 1
N
1/9
Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
This is a sequential number representing the number of loops for this insured person. Begin with 1 for each insured person.

NM1 - PROVIDER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: Either NM1 or N1 will be included depending on whether an individual or organization is being specified.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱P3✱1✱JOHNSON✱RICHARD✱✱✱✱XX✱1253412345✱25~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1X
Laboratory
3D
Obstetrics and Gynecology Facility
80
Hospital
FA
Facility
OD
Doctor of Optometry
P3
Primary Care Provider
QA
Pharmacy
QN
Dentist
Y2
Managed Care Organization
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Indian Health Entity
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the sponsor is not able to provide the standard ID in element NM109. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to '1' and the sponsor is not able to provide the standard ID in element NM109. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to '1' and the sponsor is not able to provide the standard ID in element NM109 and has this information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Middle Name
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to '1' and the sponsor is not able to provide the standard ID in element NM109 and has this information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 is equal to '1' and the sponsor is not able to provide the standard ID in element NM109 and has this information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required for providers in the United States or its territories when the provider has received an NPI. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required for providers in the United States or its territories when the provider has received an NPI. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Identifier
Required
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying entity relationship
COMMENT: NM110 and NM111 further define the type of entity in NM101.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1110
This element indicates whether or not the enrollee is an existing patient of the provider.
CODE
DEFINITION
25
Established Patient
26
Not Established Patient
72
Unknown
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

N3 - PROVIDER ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱50 ORCHARD STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line exists. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Address Line

N4 - PROVIDER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*IC - PROVIDER COMMUNICATIONS NUMBERS

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number always includes the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC, where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number (e.g. (534)224-2525 would be represented as 5342242525).
  2. Send communication information in the order of preference when contacting the member.
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱✱HP✱8015554321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
TE
Telephone
WP
Work Phone Number
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER06 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
TE
Telephone
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the PER08 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AP
Alternate Telephone
BN
Beeper Number
CP
Cellular Phone
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
HP
Home Phone Number
TE
Telephone
WP
Work Phone Number
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional communication numbers are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

PLA*2 - PROVIDER CHANGE REASON

X12 Name:
Place or Location
X12 Purpose:
To indicate action to be taken for the location specified and to qualify the location specified
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when it is necessary to report the reason and the effective date of the provider changes.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PLA✱2✱1P✱20210628✱✱AI~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
306
Action Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating type of action
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Change (Update)
Required
2
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1P
Provider
Required
3
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: PLA03 is the effective date for the action identified in PLA01.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Effective Date
This is the effective date of the change of PCP.
Not Used
4
337
Time
O 1
TM
4/8
Required
5
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the reason for the maintenance change
If none of the specific Maintenance Reasons apply, send 'AI', No Reason Given.
CODE
DEFINITION
14
Voluntary Withdrawal
22
Plan Change
46
Current Customer Information File in Error
AA
Dissatisfaction with Office Staff
AB
Dissatisfaction with Medical Care/Services Rendered
AC
Inconvenient Office Location
AD
Dissatisfaction with Office Hours
AE
Unable to Schedule Appointments in a Timely Manner
AF
Dissatisfaction with Physician's Referral Policy
AG
Less Respect and Attention Time Given than to Other Patients
AH
Patient Moved to a New Location
AI
No Reason Given
AJ
Appointment Times not Met in a Timely Manner
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use this code to indicate the change is due to Personal Preference.

COB - COORDINATION OF BENEFITS

X12 Name:
Coordination of Benefits
X12 Purpose:
To supply information on coordination of benefits
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an enrollee has another insurance plan with benefits similar to those covered by the insurance product specified in the HD segment for this occurrence of Loop ID-2300. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
COB✱P✱XYZ123✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1138
Payer Responsibility Sequence Number Code
O 1
ID
1
Code identifying the insurance carrier's level of responsibility for a payment of a claim
CODE
DEFINITION
P
Primary
S
Secondary
T
Tertiary
U
Unknown
Situational
2
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: COB02 is the policy number.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the policy number is available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Group or Policy Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
1143
Coordination of Benefits Code
O 1
ID
1
Code identifying whether there is a coordination of benefits
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Coordination of Benefits
5
Unknown
6
No Coordination of Benefits
This code is sent when it has been determined that there is no COB.
Situational
4
1365
Service Type Code
O 9
ID
1/2
Code identifying the classification of service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an exchange has collected this information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Medical Care
35
Dental Care
48
Hospital - Inpatient
50
Hospital - Outpatient
54
Long Term Care
89
Free Standing Prescription Drug
90
Mail Order Prescription Drug
A4
Psychiatric
AG
Skilled Nursing Care
AL
Vision (Optometry)
BB
Partial Hospitalization (Psychiatric)

REF*1W - COORDINATION OF BENEFITS ENROLLEE IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required if additional COB identifiers are supplied by the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use the Social Security Number until the National ID Number for individuals is available.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1W✱468523Z~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1W
Member Identification Number
Code 1W is intended to be the enrollee's identification number as assigned by the COB payer. (For example, Insured's ID, Subscriber's ID, Health Insurance Claim Number (HIC), etc.)

When sending the Social Security Number as the enrollee ID, it must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators. For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Other Plan's Enrollee Group or Policy Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*6P - COORDINATION OF BENEFITS PAYER GROUP IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the group number assigned by this COB payer is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6P✱468523Z~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6P
Group Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Other Plan's Enrollee Coordination of Benefits Group Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*344 - COORDINATION OF BENEFITS ELIGIBILITY BEGIN DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the begin date for coordination of benefits has been collected. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱344✱D8✱20220101~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
344
Coordination of Benefits Begin
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Coordination of Benefits Begin Date

DTP*345 - COORDINATION OF BENEFITS ELIGIBILITY END DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the end date for coordination of benefits has been collected. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱345✱D8✱20220831~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
345
Coordination of Benefits End
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Coordination of Benefits End Date

NM1*IN - COORDINATION OF BENEFITS RELATED ENTITY

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱IN✱2✱ABC INSURANCE CO~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
IN
Insurer
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is not used. If not required by this implementation guide, may be sent at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Coordination of Benefits Insurer Name
Not Used
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a value is being reported in the NM109 element. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
NI
National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) Identification
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when supplied by the employee to the sponsor. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Coordination of Benefits Insurer Identification Code
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*CN - ADMINISTRATIVE COMMUNICATIONS CONTACT

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange has collected the information and the Exchange can legally share the information.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PER✱CN✱✱TE✱8015554321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
CN
General Contact
Not Used
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
Not Used
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Not Used
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

LS - ADDITIONAL REPORTING CATEGORIES

X12 Name:
Loop Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate that the next segment begins a loop
X12 Comments:
See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange realizes a data need that cannot be accommodated within the other defined data elements in this transaction.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
LS✱2700~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
447
Loop Identifier Code
M 1
AN
1/6
The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE
Use the value 2700.

LX - AGENT/BROKER REPORTING

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Line Number
X12 Purpose:
To reference a line number in a transaction set
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Agent/Broker is involved in this enrollment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
LX✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
554
Assigned Number
M 1
N
1/9
Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
The first LX01 within each enrollee (2100A) must be '1'. Each subsequent occurrence of LX01 within the enrollee is incremented by one.

N1*AG - AGENT/BROKER NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱AG✱MONEY TALKS AGENCY✱FI✱123356799~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
AG
Agent/Agency
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Agent/Broker Name
Required
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
GA
Primary Agent Identification
This is the identifier assigned to the Agent/Broker by the Exchange.
Required
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Agent/Broker Identification Code
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

REF*0B - AGENT/BROKER LICENSE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱0B✱123456✱PA~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
0B
State License Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Agent/Broker License Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
This element represents the issuing state code.

Use code source 22.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*007 - AGENT/BROKER RELATIONSHIP DATES

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. Use this segment to associate a date or date range with a reporting category.
  2. Date ranges are reported with the first occurrence of CCYYMMDD as the beginning date and the second occurrence as the ending date.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20220101-20220531~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
007
Effective
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Agent/Broker Relationship Date(s)

LX - NAVIGATOR REPORTING

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Line Number
X12 Purpose:
To reference a line number in a transaction set
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a Navigator is involved in this enrollment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
LX✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
554
Assigned Number
M 1
N
1/9
Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
The first LX01 within each enrollee (2100A) must be '1'. Each subsequent occurrence of LX01 within the enrollee is incremented by one.

N1*ZZ - NAVIGATOR NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱ZZ✱JOE NAVIGATOR~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when the entity identified is a Navigator.
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Navigator Name
Not Used
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

REF - NAVIGATOR IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱0B✱123456✱PA~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
When the navigator has a license, code '0B' is the required value. Use code 'AAL' to report the exchange assigned identifier when the navigator does not have a license.
CODE
DEFINITION
0B
State License Number
AAL
Agent Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Navigator Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when REF01 = 0B. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
This element represents the issuing state code.

Use code source 22.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*007 - NAVIGATOR RELATIONSHIP DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
Date ranges are reported with the first occurrence of CCYYMMDD as the beginning date and the second occurrence as the ending date.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20220101-20220531~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
007
Effective
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Navigator Relationship Date(s)

LX - ENROLLEE REPORTING CATEGORIES

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Line Number
X12 Purpose:
To reference a line number in a transaction set
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an Exchange realizes a data need that cannot be accommodated within the other defined data elements in this transaction.

If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
LX✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
554
Assigned Number
M 1
N
1/9
Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
The first LX01 within each enrollee (2100A) must be '1'. Each subsequent occurrence of LX01 within the enrollee is incremented by one.

N1*75 - REPORTING CATEGORY

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱75✱SOUTHEASTERN UNION~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
75
Participant
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Reporting Category Name
Not Used
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

REF*ZZ - REPORTING CATEGORY REFERENCE

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZZ✱MEDICALIDCARD✱XYH974023121~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Reporting Category Reference ID
  1. This element defines the data to be reported in REF03 and, when applicable, related dates in the DTP segment. Codification and Definitions can be found on the CMS Health Insurance Exchange website.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
This element carries the value defined by the code reported in REF02.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*007 - REPORTING CATEGORY DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when it is necessary to report effective dates associated with the data reported in REF03 of this loop. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Use this segment to associate a date or date range with a reporting category.
  2. Date ranges are reported with the first occurrence of CCYYMMDD as the beginning date and the second occurrence as the ending date.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20220101-20220531~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
007
Effective
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Enrollee Reporting Category Effective Date(s)

LE - ADDITIONAL REPORTING CATEGORIES LOOP TERMINATION

X12 Name:
Loop Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete
X12 Comments:
See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the LS segment in position 6880 is sent. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
LE✱2700~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
447
Loop Identifier Code
M 1
AN
1/6
The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE
Use the value 2700.

SE - TRANSACTION SET TRAILER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
X12 Comments:
SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
SE✱39✱0002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
96
Number of Included Segments
M 1
N
1/10
Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE segments
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Segment Count
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Number in ST02 and SE02 must be identical.

GE - FUNCTIONAL GROUP TRAILER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
The use of identical data interchange control numbers in the associated functional group header and trailer is designed to maximize functional group integrity. The control number is the same as that used in the corresponding header.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GE✱1✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
97
Number of Transaction Sets Included
M 1
N
1/6
Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element
Required
2
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GE02 in this trailer must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group header, GS06.

IEA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL TRAILER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To define the end of an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
IEA✱1✱000000905~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I16
Number of Included Functional Groups
M 1
N
1/5
A count of the number of functional groups included in an interchange
Required
2
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
The Value in IEA02 must be identical to the value in ISA13.
logo

834 Health Insurance Exchange: Enrollment (008020X346)

OCTOBER 2021

Copyright © 2008-21, X12 Incorporated, Format © 2008-21 Washington Publishing Company. Exclusively published by the Washington Publishing Company. No part of this publication may be distributed, posted, reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of the copyright owner.

All rights reserved.

Abstract

The Health Insurance Exchange: Enrollment Technical Report Type 3 describes the use of the X12 Health Care Enrollment (834) transaction set for:

  • The transfer of enrollment information between Health Insurance Exchanges and Issuers.
  • The reconciliation of enrollment information between Health Insurance Exchanges and Issuers.

Preface

X12 standards are developed to identify the broadest data requirements for a transaction set. Type 3 Technical Reports (TR3), also known as implementation guides, define the explicit data requirements for a specific business purpose. Trading partners who implement according to the instructions in this TR3 can exchange data consistently with multiple trading partners.

As X12 does not define transport requirements, trading partners define their specific transport requirements separately.

1.1 Implementation Purpose and Scope

For the health care industry to achieve the potential administrative cost savings with Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), standards have been developed and need to be implemented consistently by all organizations. To facilitate a smooth transition into the EDI environment, uniform implementation is critical.

The purpose of this implementation guide is to define the transaction set used to transfer enrollment information from a Health Insurance Exchange (HIX) to a Qualified Health Plan Issuer (issuer).This implementation guide will also be used for periodic reconciliation of data between an HIX and an issuer.

The intent of this implementation guide is to meet the health care industry's specific need for the initial enrollment, enrollment response, subsequent maintenance, and periodic data reconciliation/verification of consumers who are enrolled in health insurance exchange products. This implementation guide specifically addresses the enrollment and maintenance of HIX products only.

1.2 Version Information

This implementation guide is based on the October 2020 X12 standards, referred to as Version 8, Release 2 (008020).

The unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code for transaction sets that are defined by this implementation guide is 008020X346.

The two-character Functional Identifier Code for the transaction set included in this implementation guide:

  • BE   Benefit Enrollment and Maintenance (834)

The Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code and the applicable Functional Identifier Code must be transmitted in the Functional Group Header (GS segment) that begins a functional group of these transaction sets. For more information, see the descriptions of GS01 and GS08 in Appendix C EDI Control Directory.

1.3.1 Batch and Real-Time Usage

There are multiple methods available for sending and receiving business transactions electronically. Two common modes for EDI transactions are batch and real-time.

Batch - In a batch mode the sender does not remain connected while the receiver processes the transactions. Processing is usually completed according to a set schedule. If there is an associated business response transaction (such as a 271 Response to a 270 Request for Eligibility), the receiver creates the response transaction and stores it for future delivery or transmits the response transaction back to the sender of the original transaction. The sender of the original transmission reconnects at a later time and picks up the response transaction. Note: The sender of the original transmission may not always be the entity that picks up the response transaction at a later time (e.g. Provider submitting through a clearinghouse.)

Real-Time - In real-time mode the sender remains connected while the receiver processes the transactions and returns a response transaction to the sender. This implementation guide does not set specific response time parameters for implementers.

This implementation guide was based on requirements for batch mode. Willing trading partners may use batch or real-time mode.

1.3.2 Other Usage Limitations

There are no other usage limitations.

Any response back to the Sponsor from the received transaction is outside the scope of the 834 and is the responsibility of the sponsor and payer.

1.4.1 Health Care Transaction Flow

Each X12 implementation guide explains how to use X12 transaction sets to meet a single defined business purpose. The diagrams found at https://www.x12.org/flow depict the business functions supported by the X12 health care implementation guides.

1.4.2 Health Insurance Exchanges

This Technical Report Type 3 (TR3) defines the transaction used to transmit enrollment data between Health Insurance Exchanges and insurance issuers. This TR3 supports a different enrollment process than the process used outside of Exchanges and the transaction is not interchangeable with the one defined by the Benefit Enrollment and Maintenance (834) 008020X333 TR3.

Benefit Enrollment and Maintenance (834) 008020X333
This transaction is typically submitted by a single plan sponsor to a single health plan to enroll members into the health plan.

The sponsor executes a contract with the health plan and receives guidance from the health plan before submitting 834 transactions to the health plan. Often, the health plan provides the sponsor with a "companion document" to describe the plan-specific enrollment parameters that the sponsor is to convey to the plan in the 834.

Health Insurance Exchange Enrollment (834) 008020X346
This transaction is typically submitted by a single Health Insurance Exchange to a single insurance issuer to enroll members into the Qualified Health Plans (QHP) offered by the issuer. The enrolled members may include employees of multiple employers as well as individuals who are directly engaged with the Exchange (i.e. not through an employer).

The employers providing coverage through the Exchange will not have communicated with the insurance issuer in advance of the Exchange transmitting the 834 to the issuer. Neither the employers nor the Exchange will use the companion document published by the issuer. The Exchange will not tailor content to any particular issuer, but will transmit exactly the same enrollment parameters to every issuer. Trading Partner agreements and companion documents will typically be created by the Exchange.

1.4.3 Identifier usage

How to identify an individual and their associated plan/product/policy/group information has been a major issue in creating this implementation guide. It became clear early on the various terms are not synonymous across the industry. Because of this, the following is provided for the purposes of level setting.

The first step is to understand and accept the following scenario. In traditional group scenarios, the employer contracts with the issuer prior to any individuals being enrolled. That is not the case for Health Insurance Exchange (HIX) enrollments. In this process, the issuer provides the HIX with a list of the Qualified Health Plans (QHP) they will offer through the HIX. The HIX is then the direct point of contact for consumers. As a result, policy identifiers may not have been assigned by the issuer at the time of enrollment. The HIX will have an identifier they assign to the consumer/employee selection of a QHP which will be provided in the initial enrollment. The issuer will then have the ability to assign their traditional Policy/Group Numbers back to the HIX as part of the enrollment response.

The following section demonstrates how this and other like situations, translate into identifier usage throughout this implementation guide.

1.4.3.1 Exchange assigned identifiers vs Issuer assigned identifiers

Within the relationship between exchanges and issuers, there are many possible identifiers that may be used. The topic of identifiers is a critical consideration due to the necessity of establishing and maintaining reliable linkages between transactions. These transactions include:

  • the initial enrollment from an exchange to an issuer
  • an exchange advising, presumably, the IRS to initiate an APTC to an issuer
    • sent before issuer has responded to the initial enrollment
    • sent after issuer has responded to the initial enrollment
  • an exchange advising, presumably, HHS to initiate a CSR to an issuer
    • sent before issuer has responded to the initial enrollment
    • sent after issuer has responded to the initial enrollment
  • the enrollment response from an issuer back to an exchange
  • reconciliation of enrollment data between an exchange and an issuer
  • reporting of payment information on the remittance advice
    • APTC and/or CSR generated without issuer enrollment response
    • APTC and/or CSR generated with issuer enrollment response
    • SHOP Market Premiums
    • Individual Market Premiums (only when a State Based Exchange opts to serve as an aggregator) – Depending upon setup, initial payment could be sent prior to issuer policy activation and enrollment response
    • Other exchange-related payments

This is not an exhaustive list of the possible business processes affected. It simply represents the most pervasive at the time of this writing.

The following represents a list of the various identifiers and the assumed usage.

1.4.3.1.1 QHP Identifier

This implementation guide assumes separate and distinct identifiers will be assigned to each of the QHP metal level offered by an issuer. The QHP identifier presents a couple of different possibilities. Since the issuer is advising the exchange of the QHPs offered, it is presumable the process of establishing said offering could include the mutual agreement as to how that QHP will be identified. If so, that could be the sole identifier used to represent a QHP in the transactions. Because that is not confirmed, allowances are made for both exchange assigned and issuer assigned identifiers. If a single QHP identifier is used by both the issuer and the exchange, use the exchange assigned segments. The purpose of the QHP identifier is more informational than as a linkage, but may be helpful depending upon an entities database structure and implementation.

QHP identifiers may be reported for the transaction header, Loop ID 2000 (Enrollee Level Detail), or Loop ID 2300 (Health Coverage).

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Header

Header

REF

Exchange Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier

Situational:
Required when all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single QHP. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Header

Header

REF

Issuer Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier

Situational:
Required when all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single QHP and the Issuer Assigned QHP Identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Exchange Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier

Situational:
Required when the Exchange Assigned QHP segment in the header is not used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Issuer Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier

Situational:
Required when the Issuer Assigned QHP segment in the header is not used, and the Issuer Assigned QHP Identifier is known by the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Coverage Level

2000

REF

Coverage Specific Exchange Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier

Situational:
Required when one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different QHP than reported as the enrollee or header level QHP. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

TR3 note:
The QHP applicable to the coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.

Coverage Level

2000

REF

Coverage Specific Issuer Assigned Qualified Health Plan Identifier

Situational:
Required when one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different QHP than reported as the enrollee or header level QHP and the Issuer Assigned QHP identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

TR3 note:
The QHP applicable to the coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.

1.4.3.1.2 Employer Group Identifier

The Employer Group Identifier is intended to represent the traditional view of group or policy numbers. Like the QHP identifier, the transaction supports identification of the employer group at the header, enrollee, or coverage levels.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Header

Header

REF

Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier

Situational:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange and all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single employer group. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Header

Header

REF

Issuer Assigned Employer Group Identifier

Situational:
Required when all enrollees within this transaction apply to a single employer group, and the issuer has assigned an identifier to that employer group, and the identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier

Situational:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange and the header exchange assigned employer group segment is not used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Issuer Assigned Employer Group Identifier

Situational:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange, and the header issuer assigned employer group segment is not used, and the issuer has assigned an identifier to that employer group, and the identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Coverage Level

2000

REF

Coverage Specific Exchange Assigned Employer Group Identifier

Situational:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange and one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different employer group than reported as either the enrollee or header level employer group. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

TR3 note:
The employer group applicable to the coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.

Coverage Level

2000

REF

Coverage Specific Issuer Assigned Employer Group Identifier

Situational:
Required when the enrollment is from a SHOP exchange, and one or more of the specific coverages identified in Loop ID 2300 belong to a different employer group than reported as either the enrollee or header level employer group, and the issuer assigned identifier is known by the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

TR3 note:
The employer group applicable to the coverage is reported in REF02. Populate REF03 with the counter (HD06) of the appropriate coverage information.

1.4.3.1.3 Policy Identifier

For the purposes of this implementation, the context of this identifier may be different for some implementers. The best analogy is an auto insurance policy. Meaning it doesn't matter how many cars (people) are covered, or how many drivers there are, a single payment is made for the collective policy. For clarity, this is more at the, for lack of a better term, family unit level. Employer groups are a totally different entity.

Since there is no means for both the exchange and the issuer to be aware of this entity at the time of initial enrollment, it is assumed both entities will assign a policy identifier as it is the first level some payments (i.e. APTCs) may be made.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Exchange Assigned Policy Identifier

REQUIRED

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Issuer Assigned Policy Identifier

Situational:
Required when known by the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

1.4.3.1.4 Subscriber Identifier

Implementation may show the subscriber identifier and the policy identifier represent the same collective of enrollees. However, the policy identifier may represent a more reliable linkage between transactions because scenarios have been identified in the business process where the individual named as the subscriber by the exchange may change. Meanwhile the overall "policy" entity remains. Since there is no means for both the exchange and the issuer to be aware of the subscriber at the time of initial enrollment, it is assumed both entities will assign an identifier. The subscriber identifier is assigned at the member level and is required regardless of whether the enrollee presented is the actual subscriber or a dependent.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Enrollee Level

2100

NM1

Subscriber Name (SSN reported in NM109)

Situational:
Required when available and usage is allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Exchange Assigned Subscriber Identifier

REQUIRED

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Issuer Assigned Subscriber Identifier

Situational:
Required when the issuer has assigned an identifier to the subscriber and that identifier has been made known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

1.4.3.1.5 Dependent Identifier

Like the subscriber, there is no means for both the exchange and the issuer to be aware of the dependent at the time of initial enrollment, it is assumed both entities will assign an identifier. The dependent identifier is assigned at the member level.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Enrollee Level

2100

NM1

Dependent Name (SSN reported in NM109)

Situational:
Required when available and usage is allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Exchange Assigned Dependent Identifier

Situational:
Required when the exchange has assigned an identifier to the Dependent and that identifier has been made known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Issuer Assigned Dependent Identifier

Situational:
Required when the issuer has assigned an identifier to the dependent and that identifier is known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

1.4.3.1.6 Custodial Parent Identifier

Although the custodial parent is also not known to either the exchange or the issuer, the only identifier available is the social security number. The social security number will be available to the issuer only when collected by the exchange and applicable privacy regulations permit usage.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Enrollee Level

2100

NM1

Custodial Parent Name (SSN reported in NM109)

Situational:
Required when available and usage is allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

1.4.3.1.7 Responsible Person Identifier

As with the custodial parent, the responsible person(s) is also not known to either the exchange or the issuer, and the only identifier available is the social security number. The social security number will be available to the issuer only when collected by the exchange and applicable privacy regulations permit usage.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Enrollee Level

2100

NM1

Responsible Person Name (SSN reported in NM109)

Situational:
Required when available and usage is allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

1.4.3.1.8 APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Identifier

The role of APTC Contributor/Tax Payer is new to this implementation of the 834. The purpose of this loop is to provide a means for an exchange to explicitly identify a "non-enrollee" APTC contribution. In other words, scenarios have been identified where a policy can receive APTC payment from an individual who is not enrolling in that policy. The most commonly presented example is a child/children only policy where the parent purchasing the policy qualifies for APTC and wishes to use those dollars for that policy.

During the development of this implementation guide, the manner in which these amounts would be reported in the 834, and subsequently in the 820, have ranged from identifying the contributing individual (also referred to as "tax payer") to all APTC amounts will be attributed to the subscriber regardless of whom they are actually credited to. As a result, this loop and associated identifiers may never be used, but are included to ensure the final policy can be supported regardless of the outcome.

Since this has the potential of being used as a key between the 834 and 820 transactions, both exchange and issuer assigned identifiers are allowed for in addition to social security number.

Level

Loop

Segment

Segment Name

Usage

Enrollee Level

2100

NM1

APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Name (SSN reported in NM109)

Situational:
Required when available and usage is allowed under confidentiality regulations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Exchange Assigned APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Identifier

Situational:
Required when the exchange has assigned an identifier to the APTC Contributor/Tax Payer and that identifier has been made known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

Enrollee Level

2000

REF

Issuer Assigned APTC Contributor/Tax Payer Identifier

Situational:
Required when the issuer has assigned an identifier to the APTC Contributor/Tax Payer and that identifier has been made known to the submitter. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

1.4.4 Reconciliation

The regulations for the establishment of exchanges and Qualified Health Plans require that QHP Issuers reconcile enrollment files with an Exchange at least once a month. Frequency of and the data reconciled may vary from exchange to exchange, depending on the unique needs of the exchange. Reconciliation of enrollment data is key to minimizing enrollment discrepancies between exchanges and issuers, regardless of the trigger for any discrepancy, including but not limited to triggers such as changes in enrollee eligibility, changes in QHP enrollment and changes as a result of special qualifying events. The details for conducting reconciliation will typically be defined within the trading partner agreement of an Exchange and QHP Issuers.

1.4.5 Relationship between the HI (Enrollment Amount Information) and HD (Health Coverage)

The amount recorded in Loop ID 2100A HI Segment (Enrollment Information) applies to coverage sent in Loop ID 2300 (Health Coverage). In instances where there are multiple coverages sent by repeating the Loop ID 2300 but the amount in the Loop ID 2100A (Enrollee Name) applies only to one specific coverage, a linkage must be made between the Loop ID 2100A HI Segment and the applicable Loop ID 2300 HD.

The Loop ID 2100A HI Segment (Enrollment Amount Information) records several amounts that comprise the premium (e.g., the APTC and the personal responsibility amount) and any related subsidy payments to the issuer (i.e., the CSR). In the Loop ID 2300 (Health Coverage) there is the capacity for multiple coverages, i.e. repeats of the Loop ID 2300. The pointer in the Loop ID 2100A HI Segment is the sixth position of the composite, which records a sequence number that is then reported in the Loop ID 2300 HD06 Segment (Health Coverage Sequence) to indicate where that amount should be applied / accounted.

1.4.6 Qualifying Events

Within the regulations, there are nine categories of "Qualifying Events" or maintenance reasons. The maintenance reason code is reported in INS04. This section is not intended to be limiting in the codes used for each of the defined qualifying events. Rather, the intent is to provide guidance for those times when the category is known, but the user is not clear which code relates. The following text is excerpted from the regulation with code possibilities inserted.

(d) Special enrollment periods. The Exchange must allow qualified individuals and enrollees to enroll in or change from one QHP to another as a result of the following triggering events:

(1) A qualified individual or dependent loses minimum essential coverage;

60  Coverage Placed Elsewhere

(2) A qualified individual gains a dependent or becomes a dependent through marriage, birth, adoption or placement for adoption;

02  Birth
05  Adoption
32  Marriage

(3) An individual, who was not previously a citizen, national, or lawfully present individual gains such status;

33  Personnel Data

(4) A qualified individual's enrollment or non-enrollment in a QHP is unintentional, inadvertent, or erroneous and is the result of the error, misrepresentation, or inaction of an officer, employee, or agent of the Exchange or HHS, or its instrumentalities as evaluated and determined by the Exchange. In such cases, the Exchange may take such action as may be necessary to correct or eliminate the effects of such error, misrepresentation, or inaction;

70  Misrepresented Information

(5) An enrollee adequately demonstrates to the Exchange that the QHP in which he or she is enrolled substantially violated a material provision of its contract in relation to the enrollee;

64  Underwriting Reason

(6) An individual is determined newly eligible or newly ineligible for advance payments of the premium tax credit or has a change in eligibility for cost-sharing reductions, regardless of whether such individual is already enrolled in a QHP. The Exchange must permit individuals whose existing coverage through an eligible employer-sponsored plan will no longer be affordable or provide minimum value for his or her employer's upcoming plan year to access this special enrollment period prior to the end of his or her coverage through such eligible employer sponsored plan;

86  Change in Insured Information

(7) A qualified individual or enrollee gains access to new QHPs as a result of a permanent move;

AH  Patient Moved to New Location

(8) An Indian, as defined by section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act, may enroll in a QHP or change from one QHP to another one time per month; and

22  Plan Change
    o In conjunction with 2100A DMG05 identifying that the enrollee is an Indian

(9) A qualified individual or enrollee demonstrates to the Exchange, in accordance with guidelines issued by HHS, that the individual meets other exceptional circumstances as the Exchange may provide.

ZZ  Mutually Defined

(e) Loss of minimum essential coverage. Loss of minimum essential coverage includes those circumstances described in 26 CFR 54.9801-6(a)(3)(i) through (iii). Loss of coverage does not include termination or loss due to –
(1) Failure to pay premiums on a timely basis, including COBRA premiums prior to expiration of COBRA coverage, or
(2) Situations allowing for a rescission as specified in 45 CFR 147.128.

1.5 Business Terminology

To ensure consistent use of terms, definitions, and acronyms across X12 products, X12 maintains the Wordbook, a comprehensive corporate glossary. The included terms are either proprietary to X12, cite definitions published by another authority, or represent common terms and definitions that are relevant to X12's work. The terms and definitions defined in the Wordbook are used in X12 work products when applicable, without modification or revision. The Wordbook can be referenced online at wordbook.x12.org.

1.6 Transaction Acknowledgments

The purpose of transaction acknowledgments is to report to the sender whether the transaction being acknowledged was accepted or rejected.

The X12 Technical Report Type 2, Acknowledgment Reference Model provides guidance on several control structures and transaction set standards intended to augment EDI auditing and control systems.

1.7 Related Transactions

There are no transactions related to the transactions described in this implementation guide.

1.8 Trading Partner Agreements

Trading partner agreements are used to establish and document the relationship between trading partners. A trading partner agreement must not override the specifications in this implementation guide if a transmission is reported in GS08 to be a product of this implementation guide.

1.9 Transaction Compliance

There are three types of compliance that may be relevant to a transmitted transaction.

Compliance with implementation guide requirements

Compliance with state and federal regulation

Compliance with trading partner contractual agreements

1.9.1 Transaction Compliance with Implementation Guide Requirements

A transaction complies with X12 implementation guide requirements if the transaction satisfies all format and content rules and constraints specified in the applicable X12 standards and the implementation guide (also known as a TR3) itself.

Should additional clarification of an X12 implementation guide requirement be desired, two options are available.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that are not TR3-compliant based on its own business process.

A receiver may specify its business rules in a trading partner agreement or companion document. As stated in §1.8, these documents do not override TR3 requirements, nor change how transaction compliance with this TR3 is determined.

1.9.2 Transaction Compliance with State and Federal Regulations

This implementation guide has been developed for use as an insurance industry implementation guide. At the time of publication it has not been adopted as a state or federal standard. Should this implementation guide be adopted as a standard, the adopting authority will establish compliance dates for its use by impacted entities.

X12 is not the authority for determining compliance with regulatory requirements that might further constrain implementation guide requirements. Questions of compliance for regulatory requirements should be directed to the governing authority.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements as specified by the applicable regulation(s) or governing authority.

1.9.3 Transaction Compliance with Contractual Requirements

X12 is not the authority for determining compliance with contractual requirements that might further constrain implementation guide requirements. Questions of compliance for contractual requirements should be directed to the contracting entity.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that do not comply with contractual requirements as specified by the applicable contract or contracting entity.

2. Transaction Set

NOTE
See X12 documents X12.5, X12.6, and X12.59 to review transaction set structure, including descriptions of segments, levels, and loops.

2.1 Presentation Examples

The X12 standards are generic. For example, multiple trading communities use the same PER segment to specify administrative communication contacts. Each community decides which elements to use and which code values in those elements are applicable.

This implementation guide uses a format that depicts both the generalized standard and the insurance industry-specific implementation. In this implementation guide, IMPLEMENTATION specifies the requirements for this implementation. X12 STANDARD is included as a reference only.

The transaction set presentation is comprised of two main sections with subsections within the main sections:

Transaction Set Listing

There are two sub-sections under this general title. The first sub-section concerns this implementation of a generic X12 transaction set. The second sub-section concerns the generic X12 standard itself.

This section lists the levels, loops, and segments contained in this implementation. It also serves as an index to the segment detail.

This section is included as a reference.

Segment Detail

There are three sub-sections under this general title. This section repeats once for each segment used in this implementation providing segment specific detail and X12 standard detail.

This section is included as a reference.

This section is included as a reference. It provides a pictorial view of the standard and shows which elements are used in this implementation.

This section specifies the implementation details of each data element.

These illustrations (Figures 2.1 through 2.5) are examples and are not extracted from the Section 2 detail in this implementation guide. Annotated illustrations, presented below in the same order they appear in this implementation guide, describe the format of the transaction set that follows.

Figure 2.1 - Transaction Set Key - Implementation

Transaction Set Key - Implementation

Figure 2.2 - Transaction Set Key - Standard

Transaction Set Key - Standard

Figure 2.3 - Segment Key - Implementation

Segment Key - Implementation

Figure 2.4 - Segment Key - Diagram

Segment Key - Diagram

Figure 2.5 - Segment Key - Element Summary

Segment Key - Element Summary

2.2.1 Industry Usage

Industry Usage describes when loops, segments, and elements are to be sent when complying with this implementation guide. The three choices for Usage are required, not used, and situational. To avoid confusion, these are named differently than the X12 standard Condition Designators (mandatory, optional, and relational).

Required  

This loop/segment/element must always be sent.

Required segments in Situational loops only occur when the loop is used.

Required elements in Situational segments only occur when the segment is used.

Required component elements in Situational composite elements only occur when the composite element is used.

Not Used  

This element must never be sent.

Situational  

Use of this loop/segment/element varies, depending on data content and business context as described in the defining rule. The defining rule is documented in a Situational Rule attached to the item.

There are two forms of Situational Rules.

"Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver."

The data qualified by such a situational rule cannot be required, requested or rejected by the receiver when the condition is not applicable. Transmission of this data is solely at the sender's discretion when the stated condition does not apply.

"Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send."

The data qualified by such a situational rule must not be sent except as described in the explicit condition statement.

2.2.1.1 Determining Transaction Compliance with Industry Usage Requirements

A transmitted transaction complies with the governing implementation guide when it satisfies the requirements as defined within the implementation guide. Specifically, the presence or absence of an item (loop, segment, or element) complies with the industry usage specified by this implementation guide according to the following table.

Industry Usage

Business
Condition
is

Item
is

Transaction
Complies with
Implementation
Guide?

Required

N/A

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not Used

N/A

Sent

No

Not Sent

Yes

Situational (Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.)

True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

Yes

Situational (Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.)

True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not True

Sent

No

Not Sent

Yes

2.2.2 Loops

Loop requirements depend on the context or location of the loop within the transaction. See Appendix B for more information on loops.

  • A nested loop can be used only when the associated higher level loop is used.
  • The usage of a loop is the same as the usage of its beginning segment.
    • If a loop's beginning segment is Required, the loop is Required and must occur at least once unless it is nested in a loop that is not being used.
    • If a loop's beginning segment is Situational, the loop is Situational.
  • Subsequent segments within a loop can be sent only when the beginning segment is used.
  • Required segments in Situational loops occur only when the loop is used.

3. Examples

Business scenario examples for use of this transaction can be found on the X12 Examples website at http://examples.x12.org. The X12 Examples website provides convenient access to examples of X12 transaction transmissions, including the data stream and a description of the associated scenario.

 

Appendix A. External Code Sources

Prior to this publication, X12 TR3s contained a subset of the overall Code Source Directory, formerly known as Appendix A of X12.3. External code lists are not part of the X12 standard and are provided for information purposes only. The full listing is available in Glass, X12's On-Line viewer.

Read more about Glass here: https://glasshelp.x12.org/.

Where an external code source is referenced in this publication, the implementer is required to use only the codes from that list. Codes must be reported as listed in the code source (e.g. with leading zeroes). Implementers must follow the instructions for code use that are supplied by the code set owner.

 

B.1.1 X12 Referenced and Related Standards

This technical report is based on the X12 EDI standard which comprises a series of interdependent publications. Implementers are advised to consult these publications when using this technical report.

The following standards are required to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure
  • X12.6 - Application Control Structure

The following guideline is useful to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • Compliance in X12

The following reference model is useful to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • Acknowledgment Reference Model

All of the documents above are available online using links to X12's Online Viewer.

 

B.1.1.1 Transmission Control Schematic

Refer to X12.5 - Interchange Control Structures, Section 3.5 - Order of Control Segments, and Chapter 5 Interchange Segment Specifications.

Similar transaction sets, called "functional groups," can be sent together within a transmission. Each functional group is prefaced by a group start segment; and a functional group is terminated by a group end segment. One or more functional groups are prefaced by an interchange header and followed by an interchange trailer. Figure B.1 - Transmission Control Schematic, illustrates this interchange control.

Figure B.1 - Transmission Control Schematic

Transmission Control Schematic

 

B.1.1.2 Constraints applicable to the suite of TR3s

Refer to X12.6 - Application Control Structure, Section 3.2.8 - Minimums/Maximums.

Data element minimum and maximum lengths are set by the X12 standard. This implementation guide may further restrict minimum and maximum lengths within the bounds set by the standard. Such restrictions may occur implicitly by virtue of the allowed qualifier for the data element, or they may be stated explicitly in a note attached to the element or in the general limitations below.

 

B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification

The current X12 standard allows a maximum length greater than 50 characters for data element 127. For implementations governed by this implementation guide, unless another value is specified in an attached note, the maximum length of each occurrence of this data element is constrained to 50 characters.

 

B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount

For implementations governed by this implementation guide, unless another value is specified for an instance of Data Element 782 within Section 2 (Transaction Set), each occurrence of Data Element 782 (Monetary Amount) will be limited to a maximum length of 10 characters including reported or implied places for cents (implied value of 00 after the decimal point). Note that the decimal point and leading sign, if sent, are not part of the character count.

EXAMPLE

  • The following transmitted value represents the largest positive dollar amount that can be sent: 99999999.99
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing whole dollars. 99999999
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing negative dollars and cents. -99999999.99
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing negative whole dollars. -99999999
 

B.1.1.3 Decimal

While the X12 standard supports usage of exponential notation, this guide prohibits that usage.

Appendix D. Change Summary

This Implementation Guide (008020X346) defines the X12 requirements for the Health Insurance Exchange: Enrollment. It is based on version/release/subrelease 008020 of the X12 standards.